#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <mutex>
#include <unordered_set>
#include <codecvt>
#include <algorithm>
#include <ctime>
#include <cctype>
#include <cinttypes>
#include <sstream>
#include "md5.h"
#include "regex.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "message.h"
#include "classdef.h"
#include "filedef.h"
#include "doxygen.h"
#include "outputlist.h"
#include "defargs.h"
#include "language.h"
#include "config.h"
#include "htmlhelp.h"
#include "example.h"
#include "version.h"
#include "groupdef.h"
#include "reflist.h"
#include "pagedef.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "searchindex.h"
#include "textdocvisitor.h"
#include "latexdocvisitor.h"
#include "portable.h"
#include "parserintf.h"
#include "image.h"
#include "growbuf.h"
#include "entry.h"
#include "arguments.h"
#include "memberlist.h"
#include "classlist.h"
#include "namespacedef.h"
#include "membername.h"
#include "filename.h"
#include "membergroup.h"
#include "dirdef.h"
#include "htmlentity.h"
#include "symbolresolver.h"
#include "fileinfo.h"
#include "dir.h"
#include "utf8.h"
#include "textstream.h"
#include "indexlist.h"
#include "datetime.h"
#include "moduledef.h"
#include "trace.h"
#include "stringutil.h"

Include dependency graph for util.cpp:

Classes
struct	CharAroundSpace

struct	CharAroundSpace::CharElem

struct	FindFileCacheElem
	Cache element for the file name to FileDef mapping cache. More...

struct	Lang2ExtMap

Macros
#define	ENABLE_TRACINGSUPPORT 0

#define	REL_PATH_TO_ROOT "../../"

#define	MATCH

#define	NOMATCH

#define	HEXTONUM(x)

Functions
QCString	removeAnonymousScopes (const QCString &str)

QCString	replaceAnonymousScopes (const QCString &s, const QCString &replacement)

QCString	stripAnonymousNamespaceScope (const QCString &s)

void	writePageRef (OutputList &ol, const QCString &cn, const QCString &mn)

QCString	generateMarker (int id)

QCString	removeLongPathMarker (QCString path)

static QCString	stripFromPath (const QCString &p, const StringVector &l)

QCString	stripFromPath (const QCString &path)

QCString	stripFromIncludePath (const QCString &path)

EntryType	guessSection (const QCString &name)

QCString	resolveTypeDef (const Definition context, const QCString &qualifiedName, const Definition *typedefContext)

QCString	removeRedundantWhiteSpace (const QCString &s)

int	findParameterList (const QCString &name)
	Returns the position in the string where a function parameter list begins, or -1 if one is not found.

bool	rightScopeMatch (const QCString &scope, const QCString &name)

bool	leftScopeMatch (const QCString &scope, const QCString &name)

void	linkifyText (const TextGeneratorIntf &out, const Definition scope, const FileDef fileScope, const Definition *self, const QCString &text, bool autoBreak, bool external, bool keepSpaces, int indentLevel)

	if (strLen >35 &&floatingIndex >30 &&autoBreak)

out	writeString (part, keepSpaces)

	if (!insideString)

out	writeString (lastPart, keepSpaces)

void	writeMarkerList (OutputList &ol, const std::string &markerText, size_t numMarkers, std::function< void(size_t)> replaceFunc)

void	writeExamples (OutputList &ol, const ExampleList &list)

QCString	inlineArgListToDoc (const ArgumentList &al)

QCString	inlineTemplateArgListToDoc (const ArgumentList &al)

QCString	argListToString (const ArgumentList &al, bool useCanonicalType, bool showDefVals)

QCString	tempArgListToString (const ArgumentList &al, SrcLangExt lang, bool includeDefault)

static void	filterCRLF (std::string &contents)

static QCString	getFilterFromList (const QCString &name, const StringVector &filterList, bool &found)

QCString	getFileFilter (const QCString &name, bool isSourceCode)

bool	transcodeCharacterStringToUTF8 (std::string &input, const char *inputEncoding)

QCString	fileToString (const QCString &name, bool filter, bool isSourceCode)

void	trimBaseClassScope (const BaseClassList &bcl, QCString &s, int level=0)

static void	stripIrrelevantString (QCString &target, const QCString &str)

void	stripIrrelevantConstVolatile (QCString &s)

static QCString	stripDeclKeywords (const QCString &s)

static QCString	extractCanonicalType (const Definition d, const FileDef fs, QCString type, SrcLangExt lang)

static QCString	getCanonicalTemplateSpec (const Definition d, const FileDef fs, const QCString &spec, SrcLangExt lang)

static QCString	getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier (const Definition d, const FileDef fs, const QCString &word, SrcLangExt lang, QCString *tSpec, int count=0)

static QCString	extractCanonicalArgType (const Definition d, const FileDef fs, const Argument &arg, SrcLangExt lang)

static bool	matchCanonicalTypes (const Definition srcScope, const FileDef srcFileScope, const QCString &srcType, const Definition dstScope, const FileDef dstFileScope, const QCString &dstType, SrcLangExt lang)

static bool	matchArgument2 (const Definition srcScope, const FileDef srcFileScope, Argument &srcA, const Definition dstScope, const FileDef dstFileScope, Argument &dstA, SrcLangExt lang)

bool	matchArguments2 (const Definition srcScope, const FileDef srcFileScope, const ArgumentList srcAl, const Definition dstScope, const FileDef dstFileScope, const ArgumentList dstAl, bool checkCV, SrcLangExt lang)

void	mergeArguments (ArgumentList &srcAl, ArgumentList &dstAl, bool forceNameOverwrite)

bool	matchTemplateArguments (const ArgumentList &srcAl, const ArgumentList &dstAl)

static void	findMembersWithSpecificName (const MemberName mn, const QCString &args, bool checkStatics, const FileDef currentFile, bool checkCV, std::vector< const MemberDef * > &members)

GetDefResult	getDefsNew (const GetDefInput &input)

GetDefResult	getDefsOld (const GetDefInput &input)

GetDefResult	getDefs (const GetDefInput &input)

static bool	getScopeDefs (const QCString &docScope, const QCString &scope, ClassDef &cd, ConceptDef &cnd, NamespaceDef &nd, ModuleDef &modd)

static bool	isLowerCase (QCString &s)

bool	resolveRef (const QCString &scName, const QCString &name, bool inSeeBlock, const Definition resContext, const MemberDef resMember, SrcLangExt lang, bool lookForSpecialization, const FileDef *currentFile, bool checkScope)

QCString	linkToText (SrcLangExt lang, const QCString &link, bool isFileName)

bool	resolveLink (const QCString &scName, const QCString &lr, bool, const Definition **resContext, QCString &resAnchor, SrcLangExt lang, const QCString &prefix)

void	generateFileRef (OutputList &ol, const QCString &name, const QCString &text)

FileDef *	findFileDef (const FileNameLinkedMap *fnMap, const QCString &n, bool &ambig)

QCString	findFilePath (const QCString &file, bool &ambig)

QCString	showFileDefMatches (const FileNameLinkedMap *fnMap, const QCString &n)

QCString	substituteKeywords (const QCString &s, const KeywordSubstitutionList &keywords)

static QCString	showDate (const QCString &fmt)

QCString	projectLogoFile ()

static QCString	projectLogoSize ()

QCString	substituteKeywords (const QCString &s, const QCString &title, const QCString &projName, const QCString &projNum, const QCString &projBrief)

int	getPrefixIndex (const QCString &name)

bool	getCaseSenseNames ()

QCString	escapeCharsInString (const QCString &name, bool allowDots, bool allowUnderscore)

QCString	unescapeCharsInString (const QCString &s)

QCString	convertNameToFile (const QCString &name, bool allowDots, bool allowUnderscore)

QCString	generateAnonymousAnchor (const QCString &fileName, int count)

QCString	relativePathToRoot (const QCString &name)

QCString	determineAbsoluteIncludeName (const QCString &curFile, const QCString &incFileName)

void	createSubDirs (const Dir &d)

void	clearSubDirs (const Dir &d)

void	extractNamespaceName (const QCString &scopeName, QCString &className, QCString &namespaceName, bool allowEmptyClass)

QCString	insertTemplateSpecifierInScope (const QCString &scope, const QCString &templ)

QCString	stripScope (const QCString &name)

QCString	convertToId (const QCString &s)

QCString	correctId (const QCString &s)

QCString	convertToXML (const QCString &s, bool keepEntities)

QCString	convertToHtml (const QCString &s, bool keepEntities)

QCString	convertToJSString (const QCString &s)

QCString	convertCharEntitiesToUTF8 (const QCString &str)

QCString	getOverloadDocs ()

void	addMembersToMemberGroup (MemberList ml, MemberGroupList pMemberGroups, const Definition *context)

int	extractClassNameFromType (const QCString &type, int &pos, QCString &name, QCString &templSpec, SrcLangExt lang)

QCString	normalizeNonTemplateArgumentsInString (const QCString &name, const Definition *context, const ArgumentList &formalArgs)

QCString	substituteTemplateArgumentsInString (const QCString &nm, const ArgumentList &formalArgs, const ArgumentList *actualArgs)

QCString	stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope (const QCString &fullName, bool parentOnly, QCString *pLastScopeStripped, QCString scopeName, bool allowArtificial)

QCString	mergeScopes (const QCString &leftScope, const QCString &rightScope)

int	getScopeFragment (const QCString &s, int p, int *l)

PageDef *	addRelatedPage (const QCString &name, const QCString &ptitle, const QCString &doc, const QCString &fileName, int docLine, int startLine, const RefItemVector &sli, GroupDef gd, const TagInfo tagInfo, bool xref, SrcLangExt lang)

void	addRefItem (const RefItemVector &sli, const QCString &key, const QCString &prefix, const QCString &name, const QCString &title, const QCString &args, const Definition *scope)

static ModuleDef *	findModuleDef (const Definition *d)

static bool	recursivelyAddGroupListToTitle (OutputList &ol, const Definition *d, bool root)

void	addGroupListToTitle (OutputList &ol, const Definition *d)

bool	checkExtension (const QCString &fName, const QCString &ext)

void	addHtmlExtensionIfMissing (QCString &fName)

QCString	stripExtensionGeneral (const QCString &fName, const QCString &ext)

QCString	stripExtension (const QCString &fName)

QCString	stripPath (const QCString &s)

bool	containsWord (const QCString &str, const char *word)
	returns `TRUE` iff string s contains word w

bool	findAndRemoveWord (QCString &sentence, const char *word)
	removes occurrences of whole word from sentence, while keeps internal spaces and reducing multiple sequences of spaces.

QCString	stripLeadingAndTrailingEmptyLines (const QCString &s, int &docLine)
	Special version of QCString::stripWhiteSpace() that only strips completely blank lines.

bool	updateLanguageMapping (const QCString &extension, const QCString &language)

void	initDefaultExtensionMapping ()

void	addCodeOnlyMappings ()

SrcLangExt	getLanguageFromFileName (const QCString &fileName, SrcLangExt defLang)

SrcLangExt	getLanguageFromCodeLang (QCString &fileName)
	Routine to handle the language attribute of the `\code` command.

QCString	getFileNameExtension (const QCString &fn)

static MemberDef *	getMemberFromSymbol (const Definition scope, const FileDef fileScope, const QCString &n)

bool	checkIfTypedef (const Definition scope, const FileDef fileScope, const QCString &n)

static int	nextUTF8CharPosition (const QCString &utf8Str, uint32_t len, uint32_t startPos)

QCString	parseCommentAsText (const Definition scope, const MemberDef md, const QCString &doc, const QCString &fileName, int lineNr)

void	writeTypeConstraints (OutputList &ol, const Definition *d, const ArgumentList &al)

void	stackTrace ()

static void	transcodeCharacterBuffer (const QCString &fileName, std::string &contents, const QCString &inputEncoding, const QCString &outputEncoding)

bool	readInputFile (const QCString &fileName, std::string &contents, bool filter, bool isSourceCode)
	read a file name fileName and optionally filter and transcode it

QCString	filterTitle (const QCString &title)

template<class PatternList, class PatternElem, typename PatternGet = QCString(*)(const PatternElem &)>
bool	genericPatternMatch (const FileInfo &fi, const PatternList &patList, PatternElem &elem, PatternGet getter)

bool	patternMatch (const FileInfo &fi, const StringVector &patList)

QCString	getEncoding (const FileInfo &fi)

QCString	externalLinkTarget (const bool parent)

QCString	createHtmlUrl (const QCString &relPath, const QCString &ref, bool href, bool isLocalFile, const QCString &targetFileName, const QCString &anchor)

QCString	externalRef (const QCString &relPath, const QCString &ref, bool href)

void	writeColoredImgData (const QCString &dir, ColoredImgDataItem data[])
	Writes the intensity only bitmap represented by data as an image to directory dir using the colors defined by HTML_COLORSTYLE_*.

QCString	replaceColorMarkers (const QCString &str)
	Replaces any markers of the form ##AA in input string str by new markers of the form #AABBCC, where #AABBCC represents a valid color, based on the intensity represented by hex number AA and the current HTML_COLORSTYLE_* settings.

bool	copyFile (const QCString &src, const QCString &dest)
	Copies the contents of file with name src to the newly created file with name dest.

int	lineBlock (const QCString &text, const QCString &marker)
	Returns the line number of the line following the line with the marker.

QCString	langToString (SrcLangExt lang)
	Returns a string representation of lang.

QCString	getLanguageSpecificSeparator (SrcLangExt lang, bool classScope)
	Returns the scope separator to use given the programming language lang.

bool	isURL (const QCString &url)
	Checks whether the given url starts with a supported protocol.

QCString	correctURL (const QCString &url, const QCString &relPath)
	Corrects URL url according to the relative path relPath.

bool	protectionLevelVisible (Protection prot)

QCString	stripIndentation (const QCString &s, bool skipFirstLine)

void	stripIndentationVerbatim (QCString &doc, const int indentationLevel)

bool	fileVisibleInIndex (const FileDef *fd, bool &genSourceFile)

QCString	extractDirection (QCString &docs)
	Strip the direction part from docs and return it as a string in canonical form The input docs string can start with e.g.

void	convertProtectionLevel (MemberListType inListType, Protection inProt, MemberListType outListType1, MemberListType outListType2)
	Computes for a given list type inListType, which are the the corresponding list type(s) in the base class that are to be added to this list.

bool	mainPageHasTitle ()

QCString	getDotImageExtension ()

bool	openOutputFile (const QCString &outFile, std::ofstream &f)

static bool	keyWordsFortranC (const char *contents)

bool	recognizeFixedForm (const QCString &contents, FortranFormat format)

FortranFormat	convertFileNameFortranParserCode (QCString fn)

QCString	selectBlocks (const QCString &s, const SelectionBlockList &blockList, const SelectionMarkerInfo &markerInfo)
	remove disabled blocks and all block markers from s and return the result as a string

void	checkBlocks (const QCString &s, const QCString fileName, const SelectionMarkerInfo &markerInfo)

QCString	removeEmptyLines (const QCString &s)

StringVector	split (const std::string &s, const std::string &delimiter)
	split input string s by string delimiter delimiter.

StringVector	split (const std::string &s, const reg::Ex &delimiter)
	split input string s by regular expression delimiter delimiter.

int	findIndex (const StringVector &sv, const std::string &s)
	find the index of a string in a vector of strings, returns -1 if the string could not be found

int	findIndex (const std::string &s, const reg::Ex &re)
	find the index of the first occurrence of pattern re in a string s returns -1 if the pattern could not be found

std::string	join (const StringVector &sv, const std::string &delimiter)
	create a string where the string in the vector are joined by the given delimiter

QCString	integerToAlpha (int n, bool upper)

QCString	integerToRoman (int n, bool upper)

QCString	detab (const QCString &s, size_t &refIndent)

QCString	getProjectId ()

int	computeQualifiedIndex (const QCString &name)
	Return the index of the last :: in the string name that is still before the first <.

void	mergeMemberOverrideOptions (MemberDefMutable md1, MemberDefMutable md2)

size_t	updateColumnCount (const char *s, size_t col)

QCString	mangleCSharpGenericName (const QCString &name)

QCString	demangleCSharpGenericName (const QCString &name, const QCString &templArgs)

Variables
static const char *	hex = "0123456789ABCDEF"

const int	maxInheritanceDepth = 100000

static const char	constScope [] = { 'c', 'o', 'n', 's', 't', ':' }

static const char	volatileScope [] = { 'v', 'o', 'l', 'a', 't', 'i', 'l', 'e', ':' }

static const char	virtualScope [] = { 'v', 'i', 'r', 't', 'u', 'a', 'l', ':' }

static const char	operatorScope [] = { 'o', 'p', 'e', 'r', 'a', 't', 'o', 'r', '?', '?', '?' }

static CharAroundSpace	g_charAroundSpace

	else

std::string_view	word =txtStr.substr(newIndex,matchLen)

QCString	matchWord = substitute(substitute(QCString(word),"\\","::"),".","::")

bool	found =FALSE

	skipIndex =index=newIndex+matchLen

std::string_view	lastPart = txtStr.substr(skipIndex)

static std::mutex	g_matchArgsMutex

static Cache< std::string, FindFileCacheElem >	g_findFileDefCache (5000)

static std::mutex	g_findFileDefMutex

static std::unordered_map< std::string, int >	g_usedNames

static std::mutex	g_usedNamesMutex

static int	g_usedNamesCount =1

static std::unordered_map< std::string, SrcLangExt >	g_extLookup

static std::vector< Lang2ExtMap >	g_lang2extMap

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ ENABLE_TRACINGSUPPORT

#define ENABLE_TRACINGSUPPORT 0

Definition at line 81 of file util.cpp.

◆ HEXTONUM

#define HEXTONUM ( x )

Value:

                     (((x)>='0' && (x)<='9') ? ((x)-'0') :       \
                     ((x)>='a' && (x)<='f') ? ((x)-'a'+10) :    \
                     ((x)>='A' && (x)<='F') ? ((x)-'A'+10) : 0)

Referenced by replaceColorMarkers().

◆ MATCH

#define MATCH

Definition at line 1853 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by matchArgument2(), and matchArguments2().

◆ NOMATCH

#define NOMATCH

Definition at line 1854 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by matchArgument2(), and matchArguments2().

◆ REL_PATH_TO_ROOT

#define REL_PATH_TO_ROOT "../../"

Definition at line 95 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by relativePathToRoot().

Function Documentation

◆ addCodeOnlyMappings()

void addCodeOnlyMappings ( )

Definition at line 5699 of file util.cpp.

{
  updateLanguageMapping(".xml",   "xml");
  updateLanguageMapping(".sql",   "sql");
}

References updateLanguageMapping().

Referenced by generateOutput().

◆ addGroupListToTitle()

void addGroupListToTitle	(	OutputList &	ol,
		const Definition *	d )

Definition at line 5389 of file util.cpp.

{
  recursivelyAddGroupListToTitle(ol,d,TRUE);
}

References recursivelyAddGroupListToTitle(), and TRUE.

Referenced by ClassDefImpl::writeDocumentation(), ConceptDefImpl::writeDocumentation(), FileDefImpl::writeDocumentation(), GroupDefImpl::writeDocumentation(), ModuleDefImpl::writeDocumentation(), and NamespaceDefImpl::writeDocumentation().

◆ addHtmlExtensionIfMissing()

void addHtmlExtensionIfMissing ( QCString & fName )

Definition at line 5399 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (fName.isEmpty()) return;
  int i_fs = fName.findRev('/');
  int i_bs = fName.findRev('\\');
  int i    = fName.find('.',std::max({ i_fs, i_bs ,0})); // search for . after path part
  if (i==-1)
  {
    fName+=Doxygen::htmlFileExtension;
  }
}

References QCString::find(), QCString::findRev(), Doxygen::htmlFileExtension, and QCString::isEmpty().

◆ addMembersToMemberGroup()

void addMembersToMemberGroup	(	MemberList *	ml,
		MemberGroupList *	pMemberGroups,
		const Definition *	context )

Definition at line 4594 of file util.cpp.

{
  ASSERT(context!=nullptr);
  //printf("addMemberToMemberGroup() context=%s\n",qPrint(context->name()));
  if (ml==nullptr) return;
 
  struct MoveMemberInfo
  {
    MoveMemberInfo(MemberDef *md,MemberGroup *mg,const RefItemVector &rv)
      : memberDef(md), memberGroup(mg), sli(rv) {}
    MemberDef *memberDef;
    MemberGroup *memberGroup;
    RefItemVector sli;
  };
  std::vector<MoveMemberInfo> movedMembers;
 
  for (const auto &md : *ml)
  {
    if (md->isEnumerate()) // insert enum value of this enum into groups
    {
      for (const auto &fmd : md->enumFieldList())
      {
        int groupId=fmd->getMemberGroupId();
        if (groupId!=-1)
        {
          auto it = Doxygen::memberGroupInfoMap.find(groupId);
          if (it!=Doxygen::memberGroupInfoMap.end())
          {
            const auto &info = it->second;
            auto mg_it = std::find_if(pMemberGroups->begin(),
                                      pMemberGroups->end(),
                                      [&groupId](const auto &g)
                                      { return g->groupId()==groupId; }
                                     );
            MemberGroup *mg_ptr = nullptr;
            if (mg_it==pMemberGroups->end())
            {
              auto mg = std::make_unique<MemberGroup>(
                        context,
                        groupId,
                        info->header,
                        info->doc,
                        info->docFile,
                        info->docLine,
                        ml->container());
              mg_ptr = mg.get();
              pMemberGroups->push_back(std::move(mg));
            }
            else
            {
              mg_ptr = (*mg_it).get();
            }
            mg_ptr->insertMember(fmd); // insert in member group
            MemberDefMutable *fmdm = toMemberDefMutable(fmd);
            if (fmdm)
            {
              fmdm->setMemberGroup(mg_ptr);
            }
          }
        }
      }
    }
    int groupId=md->getMemberGroupId();
    if (groupId!=-1)
    {
      auto it = Doxygen::memberGroupInfoMap.find(groupId);
      if (it!=Doxygen::memberGroupInfoMap.end())
      {
        const auto &info = it->second;
        auto mg_it = std::find_if(pMemberGroups->begin(),
                                  pMemberGroups->end(),
                                  [&groupId](const auto &g)
                                  { return g->groupId()==groupId; }
                                 );
        MemberGroup *mg_ptr = nullptr;
        if (mg_it==pMemberGroups->end())
        {
          auto mg = std::make_unique<MemberGroup>(
                    context,
                    groupId,
                    info->header,
                    info->doc,
                    info->docFile,
                    info->docLine,
                    ml->container());
          mg_ptr = mg.get();
          pMemberGroups->push_back(std::move(mg));
        }
        else
        {
          mg_ptr = (*mg_it).get();
        }
        movedMembers.emplace_back(md,mg_ptr,info->m_sli);
      }
    }
  }
 
  // move the members to their group
  for (const auto &mmi : movedMembers)
  {
    ml->remove(mmi.memberDef); // remove from member list
    mmi.memberGroup->insertMember(mmi.memberDef->resolveAlias()); // insert in member group
    mmi.memberGroup->setRefItems(mmi.sli);
    MemberDefMutable *rmdm = toMemberDefMutable(mmi.memberDef);
    if (rmdm)
    {
      rmdm->setMemberGroup(mmi.memberGroup);
    }
  }
}

References ASSERT, MemberList::container(), Definition::docFile(), end(), MemberGroup::insertMember(), Doxygen::memberGroupInfoMap, MemberVector::remove(), MemberDef::setMemberGroup(), and toMemberDefMutable().

◆ addRefItem()

void addRefItem	(	const RefItemVector &	sli,
		const QCString &	key,
		const QCString &	prefix,
		const QCString &	name,
		const QCString &	title,
		const QCString &	args,
		const Definition *	scope )

Definition at line 5302 of file util.cpp.

{
  //printf("addRefItem(sli=%d,key=%s,prefix=%s,name=%s,title=%s,args=%s)\n",(int)sli.size(),key,prefix,name,title,args);
  if (!key.isEmpty() && key[0]!='@') // check for @ to skip anonymous stuff (see bug427012)
  {
    for (RefItem *item : sli)
    {
        item->setPrefix(prefix);
        item->setScope(scope);
        item->setName(name);
        item->setTitle(title);
        item->setArgs(args);
        item->setGroup(key);
    }
  }
}

References QCString::isEmpty(), and prefix.

Referenced by MemberDefImpl::addListReference(), addListReferences(), ClassDefImpl::addListReferences(), FileDefImpl::addListReferences(), GroupDefImpl::addListReferences(), ModuleDefImpl::addListReferences(), NamespaceDefImpl::addListReferences(), and buildPageList().

◆ addRelatedPage()

PageDef * addRelatedPage	(	const QCString &	name,
		const QCString &	ptitle,
		const QCString &	doc,
		const QCString &	fileName,
		int	docLine,
		int	startLine,
		const RefItemVector &	sli,
		GroupDef *	gd,
		const TagInfo *	tagInfo,
		bool	xref,
		SrcLangExt	lang )

Definition at line 5172 of file util.cpp.

{
  PageDef *pd=nullptr;
  //printf("addRelatedPage(name=%s gd=%p)\n",qPrint(name),gd);
  QCString title=ptitle.stripWhiteSpace();
  bool newPage = true;
  if ((pd=Doxygen::pageLinkedMap->find(name)) && !pd->isReference())
  {
    if (!xref && !title.isEmpty() && pd->title()!=pd->name() && pd->title()!=title)
    {
      warn(fileName,startLine,"multiple use of page label '{}' with different titles, (other occurrence: {}, line: {})",
         name,pd->docFile(),pd->getStartBodyLine());
    }
    if (!title.isEmpty() && pd->title()==pd->name()) // pd has no real title yet
    {
      pd->setTitle(title);
      SectionInfo *si = SectionManager::instance().find(pd->name());
      if (si)
      {
        si->setTitle(title);
      }
    }
    // append documentation block to the page.
    pd->setDocumentation(doc,fileName,docLine);
    //printf("Adding page docs '%s' pi=%p name=%s\n",qPrint(doc),pd,name);
    // append (x)refitems to the page.
    pd->setRefItems(sli);
    newPage = false;
  }
 
  if (newPage) // new page
  {
    QCString baseName=name;
    if (baseName.endsWith(".tex"))
      baseName=baseName.left(baseName.length()-4);
    else if (baseName.right(Doxygen::htmlFileExtension.length())==Doxygen::htmlFileExtension)
      baseName=baseName.left(baseName.length()-Doxygen::htmlFileExtension.length());
 
    //printf("Appending page '%s'\n",qPrint(baseName));
    if (pd) // replace existing page
    {
      pd->setDocumentation(doc,fileName,docLine);
      pd->setFileName(::convertNameToFile(baseName,FALSE,TRUE));
      pd->setShowLineNo(FALSE);
      pd->setNestingLevel(0);
      pd->setPageScope(nullptr);
      pd->setTitle(title);
      pd->setReference(QCString());
    }
    else // newPage
    {
      pd = Doxygen::pageLinkedMap->add(baseName,
             createPageDef(fileName,docLine,baseName,doc,title));
    }
    pd->setBodySegment(startLine,startLine,-1);
 
    pd->setRefItems(sli);
    pd->setLanguage(lang);
 
    if (tagInfo)
    {
      pd->setReference(tagInfo->tagName);
      pd->setFileName(tagInfo->fileName);
    }
 
    if (gd) gd->addPage(pd);
 
    if (pd->hasTitle())
    {
      //outputList->writeTitle(pi->name,pi->title);
 
      // a page name is a label as well!
      QCString file;
      QCString orgFile;
      int line  = -1;
      if (gd)
      {
        file=gd->getOutputFileBase();
        orgFile=gd->getOutputFileBase();
      }
      else
      {
        file=pd->getOutputFileBase();
        orgFile=pd->docFile();
        line = pd->getStartBodyLine();
      }
      const SectionInfo *si = SectionManager::instance().find(pd->name());
      if (si)
      {
        if (!si->ref().isEmpty()) // we are from a tag file
        {
          SectionManager::instance().replace(pd->name(),
              file,-1,pd->title(),SectionType::Page,0,pd->getReference());
        }
        else if (si->lineNr() != -1)
        {
          warn(orgFile,line,"multiple use of section label '{}', (first occurrence: {}, line {})",pd->name(),si->fileName(),si->lineNr());
        }
        else
        {
          warn(orgFile,line,"multiple use of section label '{}', (first occurrence: {})",pd->name(),si->fileName());
        }
      }
      else
      {
        SectionManager::instance().add(pd->name(),
            file,-1,pd->title(),SectionType::Page,0,pd->getReference());
        //printf("si->label='%s' si->definition=%s si->fileName='%s'\n",
        //      qPrint(si->label),si->definition?si->definition->name().data():"<none>",
        //      qPrint(si->fileName));
        //printf("  SectionInfo: sec=%p sec->fileName=%s\n",si,qPrint(si->fileName));
        //printf("Adding section key=%s si->fileName=%s\n",qPrint(pageName),qPrint(si->fileName));
      }
    }
  }
  return pd;
}

References SectionManager::add(), GroupDef::addPage(), convertNameToFile(), createPageDef(), Definition::docFile(), QCString::endsWith(), FALSE, SectionInfo::fileName(), TagInfo::fileName, LinkedMap< T, Hash, KeyEqual, Map >::find(), Definition::getOutputFileBase(), Definition::getReference(), Definition::getStartBodyLine(), PageDef::hasTitle(), Doxygen::htmlFileExtension, SectionManager::instance(), QCString::isEmpty(), Definition::isReference(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), SectionInfo::lineNr(), Definition::name(), SectionType::Page, Doxygen::pageLinkedMap, SectionInfo::ref(), SectionManager::replace(), QCString::right(), DefinitionMutable::setBodySegment(), DefinitionMutable::setDocumentation(), PageDef::setFileName(), DefinitionMutable::setLanguage(), PageDef::setNestingLevel(), PageDef::setPageScope(), DefinitionMutable::setReference(), DefinitionMutable::setRefItems(), PageDef::setShowLineNo(), PageDef::setTitle(), SectionInfo::setTitle(), QCString::stripWhiteSpace(), TagInfo::tagName, PageDef::title(), TRUE, and warn.

◆ argListToString()

QCString argListToString	(	const ArgumentList &	al,
		bool	useCanonicalType,
		bool	showDefVals )

Definition at line 1201 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result;
  if (!al.hasParameters()) return result;
  result+="(";
  for (auto it = al.begin() ; it!=al.end() ;)
  {
    Argument a = *it;
    QCString type1 = useCanonicalType && !a.canType.isEmpty() ? a.canType : a.type;
    QCString type2;
    int i=type1.find(")("); // hack to deal with function pointers
    if (i!=-1)
    {
      type2=type1.mid(i);
      type1=type1.left(i);
    }
    if (!a.attrib.isEmpty())
    {
      result+=a.attrib+" ";
    }
    if (!a.name.isEmpty() || !a.array.isEmpty())
    {
      result+= type1+" "+a.name+type2+a.array;
    }
    else
    {
      result+= type1+type2;
    }
    if (!a.defval.isEmpty() && showDefVals)
    {
      result+="="+a.defval;
    }
    ++it;
    if (it!=al.end()) result+=", ";
  }
  result+=")";
  if (al.constSpecifier()) result+=" const";
  if (al.volatileSpecifier()) result+=" volatile";
  if (al.refQualifier()==RefQualifierType::LValue) result+=" &";
  else if (al.refQualifier()==RefQualifierType::RValue) result+=" &&";
  if (!al.trailingReturnType().isEmpty()) result+=al.trailingReturnType();
  if (al.pureSpecifier()) result+=" =0";
  return removeRedundantWhiteSpace(result);
}

References Argument::array, Argument::attrib, ArgumentList::begin(), Argument::canType, ArgumentList::constSpecifier(), Argument::defval, ArgumentList::end(), QCString::find(), ArgumentList::hasParameters(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), LValue, QCString::mid(), Argument::name, ArgumentList::pureSpecifier(), ArgumentList::refQualifier(), removeRedundantWhiteSpace(), RValue, ArgumentList::trailingReturnType(), Argument::type, and ArgumentList::volatileSpecifier().

Referenced by addMemberFunction(), DocParser::checkArgumentName(), DocParser::checkUnOrMultipleDocumentedParams(), findFriends(), findGlobalMember(), findMember(), SymbolResolver::Private::getResolvedSymbol(), matchArguments2(), matchTemplateArguments(), mergeArguments(), and substituteTemplateArgumentsInString().

◆ checkBlocks()

void checkBlocks	(	const QCString &	s,
		const QCString	fileName,
		const SelectionMarkerInfo &	markerInfo )

Definition at line 7009 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return;
 
  const char *p = s.data();
  char c = 0;
  while ((c=*p))
  {
    if (c==markerInfo.markerChar) // potential start of marker
    {
      if (qstrncmp(p,markerInfo.beginStr,markerInfo.beginLen)==0) // start of begin marker
      {
        size_t len = markerInfo.beginLen;
        bool negate = *(p+len)=='!';
        if (negate) len++;
        p += len;
        QCString marker;
        while (*p)
        {
          if (markerInfo.closeLen==0 && *p=='\n') // matching end of line
          {
            warn(fileName,-1,"Remaining begin replacement with marker '{}'",marker);
            break;
          }
          else if (markerInfo.closeLen!= 0 && qstrncmp(p,markerInfo.closeStr,markerInfo.closeLen)==0) // matching marker closing
          {
            p += markerInfo.closeLen;
            warn(fileName,-1,"Remaining begin replacement with marker '{}'",marker);
            break;
          }
          marker += *p;
          p++;
        }
      }
      else if (qstrncmp(p,markerInfo.endStr,markerInfo.endLen)==0) // start of end marker
      {
        size_t len = markerInfo.endLen;
        bool negate = *(p+len)=='!';
        if (negate) len++;
        p += len;
        QCString marker;
        while (*p)
        {
          if (markerInfo.closeLen==0 && *p=='\n') // matching end of line
          {
            warn(fileName,-1,"Remaining end replacement with marker '{}'",marker);
            break;
          }
          else if (markerInfo.closeLen!= 0 && qstrncmp(p,markerInfo.closeStr,markerInfo.closeLen)==0) // matching marker closing
          {
            p += markerInfo.closeLen;
            warn(fileName,-1,"Remaining end replacement with marker '{}'",marker);
            break;
          }
          marker += *p;
          p++;
        }
      }
    }
    p++;
  }
}

References SelectionMarkerInfo::beginLen, SelectionMarkerInfo::beginStr, SelectionMarkerInfo::closeLen, SelectionMarkerInfo::closeStr, QCString::data(), SelectionMarkerInfo::endLen, SelectionMarkerInfo::endStr, QCString::isEmpty(), SelectionMarkerInfo::markerChar, qstrncmp(), and warn.

Referenced by HtmlGenerator::init(), and LatexGenerator::init().

◆ checkExtension()

bool checkExtension	(	const QCString &	fName,
		const QCString &	ext )

Definition at line 5394 of file util.cpp.

{
  return fName.right(ext.length())==ext;
}

References QCString::length(), and QCString::right().

Referenced by copyLatexStyleSheet(), and extraLatexStyleSheet().

◆ checkIfTypedef()

bool checkIfTypedef	(	const Definition *	scope,
		const FileDef *	fileScope,
		const QCString &	n )

Returns true iff the given name string appears to be a typedef in scope.

Definition at line 5809 of file util.cpp.

{
  MemberDef *bestMatch = getMemberFromSymbol(scope,fileScope,n);
 
  if (bestMatch && bestMatch->isTypedef())
    return TRUE; // closest matching symbol is a typedef
  else
    return FALSE;
}

References FALSE, getMemberFromSymbol(), MemberDef::isTypedef(), and TRUE.

Referenced by isVarWithConstructor().

◆ clearSubDirs()

void clearSubDirs ( const Dir & d )

Definition at line 4167 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (Config_getBool(CREATE_SUBDIRS))
  {
    // remove empty subdirectories
    int createSubdirsLevelPow2 = 1 << Config_getInt(CREATE_SUBDIRS_LEVEL);
    for (int l1=0;l1<16;l1++)
    {
      QCString subdir;
      subdir.sprintf("d%x",l1);
      for (int l2=0; l2 < createSubdirsLevelPow2; l2++)
      {
        QCString subsubdir;
        subsubdir.sprintf("d%x/d%02x",l1,l2);
        if (d.exists(subsubdir.str()) && d.isEmpty(subsubdir.str()))
        {
          d.rmdir(subsubdir.str());
        }
      }
      if (d.exists(subdir.str()) && d.isEmpty(subdir.str()))
      {
        d.rmdir(subdir.str());
      }
    }
  }
}

References Config_getBool, Config_getInt, Dir::exists(), Dir::isEmpty(), Dir::rmdir(), QCString::sprintf(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by DocbookGenerator::cleanup(), HtmlGenerator::cleanup(), LatexGenerator::cleanup(), ManGenerator::cleanup(), RTFGenerator::cleanup(), and generateXML().

◆ computeQualifiedIndex()

int computeQualifiedIndex ( const QCString & name )

Return the index of the last :: in the string name that is still before the first <.

Definition at line 7311 of file util.cpp.

{
  int l = static_cast<int>(name.length());
  int lastSepPos = -1;
  const char *p = name.data();
  int i=l-2;
  int sharpCount=0;
  // --- begin optimized version of ts=name.findRev(">::");
  int ts = -1;
  while (i>=0)
  {
    if (p[i]=='>')
    {
      if (sharpCount==0 && p[i+1]==':' && p[i+2]==':')
      {
        ts=i;
        break;
      }
      sharpCount++;
    }
    else if (p[i]=='<')
    {
      sharpCount--;
    }
    i--;
  }
  // --- end optimized version
  if (ts==-1) ts=0; else p+=++ts;
  for (i=ts;i<l-1;i++)
  {
    char c=*p++;
    if (c==':' && *p==':') lastSepPos=i;
    if (c=='<') break;
  }
  return lastSepPos;
}

References QCString::data(), and QCString::length().

Referenced by addToMap(), addVariable(), buildFunctionList(), buildTypedefList(), getMemberFromSymbol(), SymbolResolver::Private::getResolvedSymbolRec(), and SymbolResolver::Private::getResolvedTypeRec().

◆ containsWord()

bool containsWord	(	const QCString &	str,
		const char *	word )

returns TRUE iff string s contains word w

Definition at line 5465 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (str.isEmpty() || word==nullptr) return false;
  static const reg::Ex re(R"(\a+)");
  std::string s = str.str();
  for (reg::Iterator it(s,re) ; it!=reg::Iterator() ; ++it)
  {
    if (it->str()==word) return true;
  }
  return false;
}

References QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::str(), reg::Match::str(), and word.

◆ convertCharEntitiesToUTF8()

QCString convertCharEntitiesToUTF8 ( const QCString & str )

Definition at line 4544 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (str.isEmpty()) return QCString();
 
  std::string s = str.data();
  static const reg::Ex re(R"(&\a\w*;)");
  reg::Iterator it(s,re);
  reg::Iterator end;
 
  GrowBuf growBuf;
  size_t p=0, i=0, l=0;
  for (; it!=end ; ++it)
  {
    const auto &match = *it;
    p = match.position();
    l = match.length();
    if (p>i)
    {
      growBuf.addStr(s.substr(i,p-i));
    }
    QCString entity(match.str());
    HtmlEntityMapper::SymType symType = HtmlEntityMapper::instance().name2sym(entity);
    const char *code=nullptr;
    if (symType!=HtmlEntityMapper::Sym_Unknown && (code=HtmlEntityMapper::instance().utf8(symType)))
    {
      growBuf.addStr(code);
    }
    else
    {
      growBuf.addStr(entity);
    }
    i=p+l;
  }
  growBuf.addStr(s.substr(i));
  growBuf.addChar(0);
  //printf("convertCharEntitiesToUTF8(%s)->%s\n",qPrint(s),growBuf.get());
  return growBuf.get();
}

References GrowBuf::addChar(), GrowBuf::addStr(), QCString::data(), end(), GrowBuf::get(), HtmlEntityMapper::instance(), QCString::isEmpty(), HtmlEntityMapper::name2sym(), and HtmlEntityMapper::Sym_Unknown.

Referenced by convertToJSString(), generateSqlite3ForPage(), generateXMLForPage(), getSQLDocBlock(), and parseCommentAsText().

◆ convertFileNameFortranParserCode()

FortranFormat convertFileNameFortranParserCode ( QCString fn )

Definition at line 6883 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString ext = getFileNameExtension(fn);
  QCString parserName = Doxygen::parserManager->getParserName(ext);
 
  if (parserName == "fortranfixed") return FortranFormat::Fixed;
  else if (parserName == "fortranfree") return FortranFormat::Free;
 
  return FortranFormat::Unknown;
}

References Fixed, Free, getFileNameExtension(), Doxygen::parserManager, and Unknown.

Referenced by convertCppComments().

◆ convertNameToFile()

QCString convertNameToFile	(	const QCString &	name,
		bool	allowDots,
		bool	allowUnderscore )

This function determines the file name on disk of an item given its name, which could be a class name with template arguments, so special characters need to be escaped.

Definition at line 4004 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (name.isEmpty()) return name;
  bool shortNames = Config_getBool(SHORT_NAMES);
  bool createSubdirs = Config_getBool(CREATE_SUBDIRS);
  QCString result;
  if (shortNames) // use short names only
  {
    std::lock_guard<std::mutex> lock(g_usedNamesMutex);
    auto kv = g_usedNames.find(name.str());
    uint32_t num=0;
    if (kv!=g_usedNames.end())
    {
      num = kv->second;
    }
    else
    {
      num = g_usedNamesCount;
      g_usedNames.emplace(name.str(),g_usedNamesCount++);
    }
    result.sprintf("a%05d",num);
  }
  else // long names
  {
    result=escapeCharsInString(name,allowDots,allowUnderscore);
    size_t resultLen = result.length();
    if (resultLen>=128) // prevent names that cannot be created!
    {
      // third algorithm based on MD5 hash
      uint8_t md5_sig[16];
      char sigStr[33];
      MD5Buffer(result.data(),static_cast<unsigned int>(resultLen),md5_sig);
      MD5SigToString(md5_sig,sigStr);
      result=result.left(128-32)+sigStr;
    }
  }
  if (createSubdirs)
  {
    int l1Dir=0,l2Dir=0;
    int createSubdirsLevel = Config_getInt(CREATE_SUBDIRS_LEVEL);
    int createSubdirsBitmaskL2 = (1<<createSubdirsLevel)-1;
 
    // compute md5 hash to determine sub directory to use
    uint8_t md5_sig[16];
    MD5Buffer(result.data(),static_cast<unsigned int>(result.length()),md5_sig);
    l1Dir = md5_sig[14] & 0xf;
    l2Dir = md5_sig[15] & createSubdirsBitmaskL2;
 
    result.prepend(QCString().sprintf("d%x/d%02x/",l1Dir,l2Dir));
  }
  //printf("*** convertNameToFile(%s)->%s\n",qPrint(name),qPrint(result));
  return result;
}

References Config_getBool, Config_getInt, QCString::data(), escapeCharsInString(), g_usedNames, g_usedNamesCount, g_usedNamesMutex, QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), QCString::prepend(), QCString::sprintf(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by addRelatedPage(), buildExampleList(), ClassDefImpl::ClassDefImpl(), ClassDefImpl::deepCopy(), DocAnchor::DocAnchor(), DocCite::DocCite(), ModuleDefImpl::getOutputFileBase(), DocParser::handleAHref(), PageDefImpl::PageDefImpl(), CCodeParser::parseCode(), FortranCodeParser::parseCode(), VHDLCodeParser::parseCode(), RefList::RefList(), FileDefImpl::setDiskNameLocal(), and NamespaceDefImpl::setFileNameLocal().

◆ convertProtectionLevel()

void convertProtectionLevel	(	MemberListType	inListType,
		Protection	inProt,
		MemberListType *	outListType1,
		MemberListType *	outListType2 )

Computes for a given list type inListType, which are the the corresponding list type(s) in the base class that are to be added to this list.

So for public inheritance, the mapping is 1-1, so outListType1=inListType Private members are to be hidden completely.

For protected inheritance, both protected and public members of the base class should be joined in the protected member section.

For private inheritance, both protected and public members of the base class should be joined in the private member section.

Definition at line 6716 of file util.cpp.

{
  bool extractPrivate = Config_getBool(EXTRACT_PRIVATE);
 
  // default representing 1-1 mapping
  *outListType1=inListType;
  *outListType2=MemberListType::Invalid();
 
  if (inProt==Protection::Public)
  {
    if (inListType.isPrivate())
    {
      *outListType1=MemberListType::Invalid();
    }
  }
  else if (inProt==Protection::Protected)
  {
    if (inListType.isPrivate() || inListType.isPublic())
    {
      *outListType1=MemberListType::Invalid();
    }
    else if (inListType.isProtected())
    {
      *outListType2=inListType.toPublic();
    }
  }
  else if (inProt==Protection::Private)
  {
    if (inListType.isPublic() || inListType.isProtected())
    {
      *outListType1=MemberListType::Invalid();
    }
    else if (inListType.isPrivate())
    {
      if (extractPrivate)
      {
        *outListType1=inListType.toPublic();
        *outListType2=inListType.toProtected();
      }
      else
      {
        *outListType1=MemberListType::Invalid();
      }
    }
  }
 
  //printf("convertProtectionLevel(type=%s prot=%d): %s,%s\n",
  //    qPrint(inListType.to_string()),inProt,qPrint(outListType1->to_string()),qPrint(outListType2->to_string()));
}

References Config_getBool, MemberListType::Invalid(), MemberListType::isPrivate(), MemberListType::isProtected(), MemberListType::isPublic(), Private, Protected, Public, MemberListType::toProtected(), and MemberListType::toPublic().

Referenced by ClassDefImpl::countInheritedDecMembers(), and ClassDefImpl::writeInheritedMemberDeclarations().

◆ convertToHtml()

QCString convertToHtml	(	const QCString &	s,
		bool	keepEntities )

Converts a string to a HTML-encoded string

Definition at line 4463 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return s;
  GrowBuf growBuf;
  const char *p=s.data();
  char c = 0;
  while ((c=*p++))
  {
    switch (c)
    {
      case '<':  growBuf.addStr("&lt;");   break;
      case '>':  growBuf.addStr("&gt;");   break;
      case '&':  if (keepEntities)
                 {
                   const char *e=p;
                   char ce = 0;
                   while ((ce=*e++))
                   {
                     if (ce==';' || (!(isId(ce) || ce=='#'))) break;
                   }
                   if (ce==';') // found end of an entity
                   {
                     // copy entry verbatim
                     growBuf.addChar(c);
                     while (p<e) growBuf.addChar(*p++);
                   }
                   else
                   {
                     growBuf.addStr("&amp;");
                   }
                 }
                 else
                 {
                   growBuf.addStr("&amp;");
                 }
                 break;
      case '\'': growBuf.addStr("&#39;");  break;
      case '"':  growBuf.addStr("&quot;"); break;
      default:
        {
          uint8_t uc = static_cast<uint8_t>(c);
          if (uc<32 && !isspace(c))
          {
            growBuf.addStr("&#x24");
            growBuf.addChar(hex[uc>>4]);
            growBuf.addChar(hex[uc&0xF]);
            growBuf.addChar(';');
          }
          else
          {
            growBuf.addChar(c);
          }
        }
        break;
    }
  }
  growBuf.addChar(0);
  return growBuf.get();
}

References GrowBuf::addChar(), GrowBuf::addStr(), QCString::data(), GrowBuf::get(), hex, QCString::isEmpty(), and isId().

Referenced by HtmlCodeGenerator::_writeCodeLink(), HtmlHelp::addContentsItem(), convertToHtmlAndTruncate(), FTVHelp::Private::generateLink(), DefinitionImpl::navigationPathAsString(), HtmlDocVisitor::operator()(), HtmlDocVisitor::operator()(), HtmlDocVisitor::operator()(), HtmlGenerator::startFile(), HtmlDocVisitor::startLink(), substituteHtmlKeywords(), HtmlHelpIndex::writeFields(), HtmlGenerator::writeInheritedSectionTitle(), HtmlGenerator::writeLocalToc(), writeMapArea(), HtmlGenerator::writePageFooter(), ClassDefImpl::writeQuickMemberLinks(), FileDefImpl::writeQuickMemberLinks(), GroupDefImpl::writeQuickMemberLinks(), NamespaceDefImpl::writeQuickMemberLinks(), and HtmlGenerator::writeSearchPage().

◆ convertToId()

QCString convertToId ( const QCString & s )

Converts a string to a HTML id string

Definition at line 4372 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return s;
  GrowBuf growBuf;
  const char *p = s.data();
  char c        = 0;
  bool first    = true;
  while ((c=*p++))
  {
    char encChar[4];
    if ((c>='0' && c<='9') || (c>='a' && c<='z') || (c>='A' && c<='Z') || c=='-' || c==':' || c=='.')
    { // any permissive character except _
      if (first && c>='0' && c<='9') growBuf.addChar('a'); // don't start with a digit
      growBuf.addChar(c);
    }
    else
    {
      encChar[0]='_';
      encChar[1]=hex[static_cast<unsigned char>(c)>>4];
      encChar[2]=hex[static_cast<unsigned char>(c)&0xF];
      encChar[3]=0;
      growBuf.addStr(encChar);
    }
    first=FALSE;
  }
  growBuf.addChar(0);
  return growBuf.get();
}

References GrowBuf::addChar(), GrowBuf::addStr(), QCString::data(), FALSE, GrowBuf::get(), hex, and QCString::isEmpty().

Referenced by HtmlGenerator::endClassDiagram(), renderMemberIndicesAsJs(), writeMemberList(), writeQuickMemberIndex(), ClassDefImpl::writeSummaryLinks(), and VhdlDocGen::writeVHDLDeclarations().

◆ convertToJSString()

QCString convertToJSString ( const QCString & s )

Definition at line 4523 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return s;
  GrowBuf growBuf;
  const char *p=s.data();
  char c = 0;
  while ((c=*p++))
  {
    switch (c)
    {
      case '"':  growBuf.addStr("\\\""); break;
      case '\\': if (*p=='u' && *(p+1)=='{') growBuf.addStr("\\");
                 else growBuf.addStr("\\\\");
                 break;
      default:   growBuf.addChar(c);   break;
    }
  }
  growBuf.addChar(0);
  return convertCharEntitiesToUTF8(growBuf.get());
}

References GrowBuf::addChar(), GrowBuf::addStr(), convertCharEntitiesToUTF8(), QCString::data(), GrowBuf::get(), and QCString::isEmpty().

Referenced by generateJSLink(), generateJSNavTree(), renderMemberIndicesAsJs(), and renderQuickLinksAsJs().

◆ convertToXML()

QCString convertToXML	(	const QCString &	s,
		bool	keepEntities )

Converts a string to an XML-encoded string

Definition at line 4412 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return s;
  GrowBuf growBuf;
  const char *p = s.data();
  char c = 0;
  while ((c=*p++))
  {
    switch (c)
    {
      case '<':  growBuf.addStr("&lt;");   break;
      case '>':  growBuf.addStr("&gt;");   break;
      case '&':  if (keepEntities)
                 {
                   const char *e=p;
                   char ce = 0;
                   while ((ce=*e++))
                   {
                     if (ce==';' || (!(isId(ce) || ce=='#'))) break;
                   }
                   if (ce==';') // found end of an entity
                   {
                     // copy entry verbatim
                     growBuf.addChar(c);
                     while (p<e) growBuf.addChar(*p++);
                   }
                   else
                   {
                     growBuf.addStr("&amp;");
                   }
                 }
                 else
                 {
                   growBuf.addStr("&amp;");
                 }
                 break;
      case '\'': growBuf.addStr("&apos;"); break;
      case '"':  growBuf.addStr("&quot;"); break;
      case  1: case  2: case  3: case  4: case  5: case  6: case  7: case  8:
      case 11: case 12: case 13: case 14: case 15: case 16: case 17: case 18:
      case 19: case 20: case 21: case 22: case 23: case 24: case 25: case 26:
      case 27: case 28: case 29: case 30: case 31:
        break; // skip invalid XML characters (see http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006#NT-Char)
      default:   growBuf.addChar(c);       break;
    }
  }
  growBuf.addChar(0);
  return growBuf.get();
}

References GrowBuf::addChar(), GrowBuf::addStr(), QCString::data(), GrowBuf::get(), QCString::isEmpty(), and isId().

◆ copyFile()

bool copyFile	(	const QCString &	src,
		const QCString &	dest )

Copies the contents of file with name src to the newly created file with name dest.

Returns TRUE if successful.

Definition at line 6326 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (!Dir().copy(src.str(),dest.str()))
  {
    err("could not copy file {} to {}\n",src,dest);
    return false;
  }
  return true;
}

References err, and QCString::str().

◆ correctId()

QCString correctId ( const QCString & s )

Some strings have been corrected but the requirement regarding the fact that an id cannot have a digit at the first position. To overcome problems with double labels we always place an "a" in front

Definition at line 4405 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return s;
  return "a" + s;
}

References QCString::isEmpty().

Referenced by DotGraph::generateCode(), and DotFilePatcher::run().

◆ correctURL()

QCString correctURL	(	const QCString &	url,
		const QCString &	relPath )

Corrects URL url according to the relative path relPath.

Returns the corrected URL. For absolute URLs no correction will be done.

Definition at line 6414 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result = url;
  if (!relPath.isEmpty() && !isURL(url))
  {
    result.prepend(relPath);
  }
  return result;
}

References QCString::isEmpty(), isURL(), and QCString::prepend().

Referenced by HtmlDocVisitor::operator()(), HtmlDocVisitor::operator()(), XmlDocVisitor::operator()(), startQuickIndexItem(), and writeIndexHierarchyEntries().

◆ createHtmlUrl()

QCString createHtmlUrl	(	const QCString &	relPath,
		const QCString &	ref,
		bool	href,
		bool	isLocalFile,
		const QCString &	targetFileName,
		const QCString &	anchor )

Definition at line 6189 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString url;
  if (!ref.isEmpty())
  {
    url = externalRef(relPath,ref,href);
  }
  if (!targetFileName.isEmpty())
  {
    QCString fn = targetFileName;
    if (ref.isEmpty())
    {
      if (!anchor.isEmpty() && isLocalFile)
      {
        fn=""; // omit file name for local links
      }
      else
      {
        url = relPath;
      }
    }
    url+=fn;
  }
  if (!anchor.isEmpty()) url+="#"+anchor;
  //printf("createHtmlUrl(relPath=%s,local=%d,target=%s,anchor=%s)=%s\n",qPrint(relPath),isLocalFile,qPrint(targetFileName),qPrint(anchor),qPrint(url));
  return url;
}

References externalRef(), and QCString::isEmpty().

Referenced by HtmlCodeGenerator::_writeCodeLink(), HtmlDocVisitor::startLink(), HtmlGenerator::startTextLink(), HtmlGenerator::writeObjectLink(), and HtmlCodeGenerator::writeTooltip().

◆ createSubDirs()

void createSubDirs ( const Dir & d )

Definition at line 4140 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (Config_getBool(CREATE_SUBDIRS))
  {
    // create up to 4096 subdirectories
    int createSubdirsLevelPow2 = 1 << Config_getInt(CREATE_SUBDIRS_LEVEL);
    for (int l1=0; l1<16; l1++)
    {
      QCString subdir;
      subdir.sprintf("d%x",l1);
      if (!d.exists(subdir.str()) && !d.mkdir(subdir.str()))
      {
        term("Failed to create output directory '{}'\n",subdir);
      }
      for (int l2=0; l2<createSubdirsLevelPow2; l2++)
      {
        QCString subsubdir;
        subsubdir.sprintf("d%x/d%02x",l1,l2);
        if (!d.exists(subsubdir.str()) && !d.mkdir(subsubdir.str()))
        {
          term("Failed to create output directory '{}'\n",subsubdir);
        }
      }
    }
  }
}

References Config_getBool, Config_getInt, Dir::exists(), Dir::mkdir(), QCString::sprintf(), QCString::str(), and term.

Referenced by generateXML(), DocbookGenerator::init(), HtmlGenerator::init(), LatexGenerator::init(), ManGenerator::init(), RTFGenerator::init(), ClassDefImpl::writeQuickMemberLinks(), FileDefImpl::writeQuickMemberLinks(), GroupDefImpl::writeQuickMemberLinks(), and NamespaceDefImpl::writeQuickMemberLinks().

◆ demangleCSharpGenericName()

QCString demangleCSharpGenericName	(	const QCString &	name,
		const QCString &	templArgs )

Definition at line 7410 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result=name;
  if (result.endsWith("-g"))
  {
    int idx = result.find('-');
    result = result.left(idx)+templArgs;
  }
  return result;
}

References QCString::endsWith(), QCString::find(), and QCString::left().

Referenced by ClassDefImpl::className().

◆ detab()

QCString detab	(	const QCString &	s,
		size_t &	refIndent )

Definition at line 7207 of file util.cpp.

{
  int tabSize = Config_getInt(TAB_SIZE);
  size_t size = s.length();
  GrowBuf out(size);
  const char *data = s.data();
  size_t i=0;
  int col=0;
  constexpr auto doxy_nbsp = "&_doxy_nbsp;";  // doxygen escape command for UTF-8 nbsp
  const int maxIndent=1000000; // value representing infinity
  int minIndent=maxIndent;
  bool skip = false;
  while (i<size)
  {
    char c = data[i++];
    switch(c)
    {
      case '\t': // expand tab
        {
          int stop = tabSize - (col%tabSize);
          //printf("expand at %d stop=%d\n",col,stop);
          col+=stop;
          while (stop--) out.addChar(' ');
        }
        break;
      case '\\':
        if (data[i] == '\\') // escaped command -> ignore
        {
          out.addChar(c);
          out.addChar(data[i++]);
          col+=2;
        }
        else if (i+5<size && literal_at(data+i,"iskip")) // \iskip command
        {
          i+=5;
          skip = true;
        }
        else if (i+8<size && literal_at(data+i,"endiskip")) // \endiskip command
        {
          i+=8;
          skip = false;
        }
        else // some other command
        {
          out.addChar(c);
          col++;
        }
        break;
      case '\n': // reset column counter
        out.addChar(c);
        col=0;
        break;
      case ' ': // increment column counter
        out.addChar(c);
        col++;
        break;
      default: // non-whitespace => update minIndent
        if (c<0 && i<size) // multibyte sequence
        {
          // special handling of the UTF-8 nbsp character 0xC2 0xA0
          int nb = isUTF8NonBreakableSpace(data);
          if (nb>0)
          {
            out.addStr(doxy_nbsp);
            i+=nb-1;
          }
          else
          {
            int bytes = getUTF8CharNumBytes(c);
            for (int j=0;j<bytes-1 && c;j++)
            {
              out.addChar(c);
              c = data[i++];
            }
            out.addChar(c);
          }
        }
        else
        {
          out.addChar(c);
        }
        if (!skip && col<minIndent) minIndent=col;
        col++;
    }
  }
  if (minIndent!=maxIndent) refIndent=minIndent; else refIndent=0;
  out.addChar(0);
  //printf("detab(\n%s\n)=[\n%s\n]\n",qPrint(s),qPrint(out.get()));
  return out.get();
}

References GrowBuf::addChar(), GrowBuf::addStr(), Config_getInt, QCString::data(), GrowBuf::get(), getUTF8CharNumBytes(), isUTF8NonBreakableSpace(), QCString::length(), and literal_at().

Referenced by Markdown::process().

◆ determineAbsoluteIncludeName()

QCString determineAbsoluteIncludeName	(	const QCString &	curFile,
		const QCString &	incFileName )

Definition at line 4100 of file util.cpp.

{
  bool searchIncludes = Config_getBool(SEARCH_INCLUDES);
  QCString absIncFileName = incFileName;
  FileInfo fi(curFile.str());
  if (fi.exists())
  {
    QCString absName = QCString(fi.dirPath(TRUE))+"/"+incFileName;
    FileInfo fi2(absName.str());
    if (fi2.exists())
    {
      absIncFileName=fi2.absFilePath();
    }
    else if (searchIncludes) // search in INCLUDE_PATH as well
    {
      const StringVector &includePath = Config_getList(INCLUDE_PATH);
      for (const auto &incPath : includePath)
      {
        FileInfo fi3(incPath);
        if (fi3.exists() && fi3.isDir())
        {
          absName = QCString(fi3.absFilePath())+"/"+incFileName;
          //printf("trying absName=%s\n",qPrint(absName));
          FileInfo fi4(absName.str());
          if (fi4.exists())
          {
            absIncFileName=fi4.absFilePath();
            break;
          }
          //printf( "absIncFileName = %s\n", qPrint(absIncFileName) );
        }
      }
    }
    //printf( "absIncFileName = %s\n", qPrint(absIncFileName) );
  }
  return absIncFileName;
}

References FileInfo::absFilePath(), Config_getBool, Config_getList, FileInfo::dirPath(), FileInfo::exists(), FileInfo::isDir(), QCString::str(), and TRUE.

Referenced by readIncludeFile(), and ModuleManager::resolveImports().

◆ escapeCharsInString()

QCString escapeCharsInString	(	const QCString &	name,
		bool	allowDots,
		bool	allowUnderscore )

Definition at line 3830 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (name.isEmpty()) return name;
  bool caseSenseNames = getCaseSenseNames();
  bool allowUnicodeNames = Config_getBool(ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES);
  GrowBuf growBuf;
  signed char c = 0;
  const char *p=name.data();
  while ((c=*p++)!=0)
  {
    switch(c)
    {
      case '_': if (allowUnderscore) growBuf.addChar('_'); else growBuf.addStr("__"); break;
      case '-': growBuf.addChar('-');  break;
      case ':': growBuf.addStr("_1"); break;
      case '/': growBuf.addStr("_2"); break;
      case '<': growBuf.addStr("_3"); break;
      case '>': growBuf.addStr("_4"); break;
      case '*': growBuf.addStr("_5"); break;
      case '&': growBuf.addStr("_6"); break;
      case '|': growBuf.addStr("_7"); break;
      case '.': if (allowDots) growBuf.addChar('.'); else growBuf.addStr("_8"); break;
      case '!': growBuf.addStr("_9"); break;
      case ',': growBuf.addStr("_00"); break;
      case ' ': growBuf.addStr("_01"); break;
      case '{': growBuf.addStr("_02"); break;
      case '}': growBuf.addStr("_03"); break;
      case '?': growBuf.addStr("_04"); break;
      case '^': growBuf.addStr("_05"); break;
      case '%': growBuf.addStr("_06"); break;
      case '(': growBuf.addStr("_07"); break;
      case ')': growBuf.addStr("_08"); break;
      case '+': growBuf.addStr("_09"); break;
      case '=': growBuf.addStr("_0a"); break;
      case '$': growBuf.addStr("_0b"); break;
      case '\\': growBuf.addStr("_0c"); break;
      case '@': growBuf.addStr("_0d"); break;
      case ']': growBuf.addStr("_0e"); break;
      case '[': growBuf.addStr("_0f"); break;
      case '#': growBuf.addStr("_0g"); break;
      case '"': growBuf.addStr("_0h"); break;
      case '~': growBuf.addStr("_0i"); break;
      case '\'': growBuf.addStr("_0j"); break;
      case ';': growBuf.addStr("_0k"); break;
      case '`': growBuf.addStr("_0l"); break;
      default:
                if (c<0)
                {
                  bool doEscape = true;
                  if (allowUnicodeNames)
                  {
                    int charLen = getUTF8CharNumBytes(c);
                    if (charLen>0)
                    {
                      growBuf.addStr(p-1,charLen);
                      p+=charLen;
                      doEscape = false;
                    }
                  }
                  if (doEscape) // not a valid unicode char or escaping needed
                  {
                    char ids[5];
                    unsigned char id = static_cast<unsigned char>(c);
                    ids[0]='_';
                    ids[1]='x';
                    ids[2]=hex[id>>4];
                    ids[3]=hex[id&0xF];
                    ids[4]=0;
                    growBuf.addStr(ids);
                  }
                }
                else if (caseSenseNames || !isupper(c))
                {
                  growBuf.addChar(c);
                }
                else
                {
                  growBuf.addChar('_');
                  growBuf.addChar(static_cast<char>(tolower(c)));
                }
                break;
    }
  }
  growBuf.addChar(0);
  return growBuf.get();
}

References GrowBuf::addChar(), GrowBuf::addStr(), Config_getBool, QCString::data(), GrowBuf::get(), getCaseSenseNames(), getUTF8CharNumBytes(), hex, and QCString::isEmpty().

Referenced by convertNameToFile(), DotClassGraph::getMapLabel(), DotDirDeps::getMapLabel(), DotGfxHierarchyTable::getMapLabel(), DotGroupCollaboration::getMapLabel(), DotInclDepGraph::getMapLabel(), markdownFileNameToId(), and PageDefImpl::writeDocumentation().

◆ externalLinkTarget()

QCString externalLinkTarget ( const bool parent )

Definition at line 6178 of file util.cpp.

{
  bool extLinksInWindow = Config_getBool(EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW);
  if (extLinksInWindow)
    return "target=\"_blank\" ";
  else if (parent)
    return "target=\"_parent\" ";
  else
    return "";
}

References Config_getBool, and parent().

Referenced by HtmlCodeGenerator::_writeCodeLink(), FTVHelp::Private::generateLink(), Markdown::Private::processLink(), replaceRef(), HtmlGenerator::startIndexItem(), HtmlDocVisitor::startLink(), HtmlGenerator::writeInheritedSectionTitle(), writeMapArea(), and HtmlGenerator::writeObjectLink().

◆ externalRef()

QCString externalRef	(	const QCString &	relPath,
		const QCString &	ref,
		bool	href )

Definition at line 6222 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result;
  if (!ref.isEmpty())
  {
    auto it = Doxygen::tagDestinationMap.find(ref.str());
    if (it!=Doxygen::tagDestinationMap.end())
    {
      result = it->second;
      size_t l = result.length();
      if (!relPath.isEmpty() && l>0 && result.at(0)=='.')
      { // relative path -> prepend relPath.
        result.prepend(relPath);
        l+=relPath.length();
      }
      if (l>0 && result.at(l-1)!='/') result+='/';
      if (!href) result.append("\" ");
    }
  }
  else
  {
    result = relPath;
  }
  return result;
}

References QCString::append(), QCString::at(), end(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::length(), QCString::prepend(), QCString::str(), and Doxygen::tagDestinationMap.

Referenced by HtmlHelp::addContentsItem(), convertMapFile(), createHtmlUrl(), generateJSLink(), FTVHelp::Private::generateLink(), replaceRef(), HtmlGenerator::startIndexItem(), LayoutNavEntry::url(), HtmlGenerator::writeInheritedSectionTitle(), writeJavasScriptSearchDataPage(), and writeMapArea().

◆ extractCanonicalArgType()

static QCString extractCanonicalArgType	(	const Definition *	d,
		const FileDef *	fs,
		const Argument &	arg,
		SrcLangExt	lang )

static

Definition at line 1827 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString type = arg.type.stripWhiteSpace();
  QCString name = arg.name;
  //printf("----- extractCanonicalArgType(type=%s,name=%s)\n",qPrint(type),qPrint(name));
  if ((type=="const" || type=="volatile") && !name.isEmpty())
  { // name is part of type => correct
    type+=" ";
    type+=name;
  }
  if (name=="const" || name=="volatile")
  { // name is part of type => correct
    if (!type.isEmpty()) type+=" ";
    type+=name;
  }
  if (!arg.array.isEmpty())
  {
    type+=arg.array;
  }
 
  return extractCanonicalType(d,fs,type,lang);
}

References Argument::array, extractCanonicalType(), QCString::isEmpty(), Argument::name, QCString::stripWhiteSpace(), and Argument::type.

Referenced by matchArgument2().

◆ extractCanonicalType()

static QCString extractCanonicalType	(	const Definition *	d,
		const FileDef *	fs,
		QCString	type,
		SrcLangExt	lang )

static

Definition at line 1751 of file util.cpp.

{
  AUTO_TRACE("d={} fs={} type='{}'",d?d->name():"",fs?fs->name():"",type);
  type = type.stripWhiteSpace();
 
  // strip const and volatile keywords that are not relevant for the type
  stripIrrelevantConstVolatile(type);
 
  // strip leading keywords
  type.stripPrefix("class ");
  type.stripPrefix("struct ");
  type.stripPrefix("union ");
  type.stripPrefix("enum ");
  type.stripPrefix("typename ");
 
  type = removeRedundantWhiteSpace(type);
  //printf("extractCanonicalType(type=%s) start: def=%s file=%s\n",qPrint(type),
  //    d ? qPrint(d->name()) : "<null>", fs ? qPrint(fs->name()) : "<null>");
 
  QCString canType;
  QCString templSpec,word;
  int i=0,p=0,pp=0;
  while ((i=extractClassNameFromType(type,p,word,templSpec))!=-1)
    // foreach identifier in the type
  {
    //printf("     i=%d p=%d\n",i,p);
    if (i>pp) canType += type.mid(pp,i-pp);
 
    QCString ct = getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier(d,fs,word,lang,&templSpec);
 
    // in case the ct is empty it means that "word" represents scope "d"
    // and this does not need to be added to the canonical
    // type (it is redundant), so/ we skip it. This solves problem 589616.
    if (ct.isEmpty() && type.mid(p,2)=="::")
    {
      p+=2;
    }
    else
    {
      canType += ct;
    }
    //printf(" word=%s templSpec=%s canType=%s ct=%s\n",
    //    qPrint(word), qPrint(templSpec), qPrint(canType), qPrint(ct));
    if (!templSpec.isEmpty()) // if we didn't use up the templSpec already
                              // (i.e. type is not a template specialization)
                              // then resolve any identifiers inside.
    {
      std::string ts = templSpec.str();
      static const reg::Ex re(R"(\a\w*)");
      reg::Iterator it(ts,re);
      reg::Iterator end;
 
      size_t tp=0;
      // for each identifier template specifier
      //printf("adding resolved %s to %s\n",qPrint(templSpec),qPrint(canType));
      for (; it!=end ; ++it)
      {
        const auto &match = *it;
        size_t ti = match.position();
        size_t tl = match.length();
        std::string matchStr = match.str();
        canType += ts.substr(tp,ti-tp);
        canType += getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier(d,fs,matchStr.c_str(),lang,nullptr);
        tp=ti+tl;
      }
      canType+=ts.substr(tp);
    }
 
    pp=p;
  }
  canType += type.right(type.length()-pp);
  AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("canType='{}'",canType);
 
  return removeRedundantWhiteSpace(canType);
}

References AUTO_TRACE, AUTO_TRACE_EXIT, end(), extractClassNameFromType(), getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::length(), QCString::mid(), Definition::name(), removeRedundantWhiteSpace(), QCString::right(), QCString::str(), stripIrrelevantConstVolatile(), QCString::stripPrefix(), QCString::stripWhiteSpace(), and word.

Referenced by extractCanonicalArgType(), and getCanonicalTemplateSpec().

◆ extractClassNameFromType()

int extractClassNameFromType	(	const QCString &	type,
		int &	pos,
		QCString &	name,
		QCString &	templSpec,
		SrcLangExt	lang )

Extracts a (sub-)string from type starting at pos that could form a class. The index of the match is returned and the found class name and a template argument list templSpec. If -1 is returned there are no more matches.

Definition at line 4712 of file util.cpp.

{
  static const reg::Ex re_norm(R"(\a[\w:]*)");
  static const reg::Ex re_fortran(R"(\a[\w:()=]*)");
  const reg::Ex *re = &re_norm;
 
  name.clear();
  templSpec.clear();
  if (type.isEmpty()) return -1;
  size_t typeLen=type.length();
  if (typeLen>0)
  {
    if (lang == SrcLangExt::Fortran)
    {
      if (type[pos]==',') return -1;
      if (!type.lower().startsWith("type"))
      {
        re = &re_fortran;
      }
    }
    std::string s = type.str();
    reg::Iterator it(s,*re,static_cast<int>(pos));
    reg::Iterator end;
 
    if (it!=end)
    {
      const auto &match = *it;
      size_t i = match.position();
      size_t l = match.length();
      size_t ts = i+l;
      size_t te = ts;
      size_t tl = 0;
 
      while (ts<typeLen && type[static_cast<uint32_t>(ts)]==' ') ts++,tl++; // skip any whitespace
      if (ts<typeLen && type[static_cast<uint32_t>(ts)]=='<') // assume template instance
      {
        // locate end of template
        te=ts+1;
        int brCount=1;
        while (te<typeLen && brCount!=0)
        {
          if (type[static_cast<uint32_t>(te)]=='<')
          {
            if (te<typeLen-1 && type[static_cast<uint32_t>(te)+1]=='<') te++; else brCount++;
          }
          if (type[static_cast<uint32_t>(te)]=='>')
          {
            if (te<typeLen-1 && type[static_cast<uint32_t>(te)+1]=='>') te++; else brCount--;
          }
          te++;
        }
      }
      name = match.str();
      if (te>ts)
      {
        templSpec = QCString(type).mid(ts,te-ts);
        tl+=te-ts;
        pos=static_cast<int>(i+l+tl);
      }
      else // no template part
      {
        pos=static_cast<int>(i+l);
      }
      //printf("extractClassNameFromType([in] type=%s,[out] pos=%d,[out] name=%s,[out] templ=%s)=TRUE i=%d\n",
      //    qPrint(type),pos,qPrint(name),qPrint(templSpec),i);
      return static_cast<int>(i);
    }
  }
  pos = static_cast<int>(typeLen);
  //printf("extractClassNameFromType([in] type=%s,[out] pos=%d,[out] name=%s,[out] templ=%s)=FALSE\n",
  //       qPrint(type),pos,qPrint(name),qPrint(templSpec));
  return -1;
}

References QCString::clear(), end(), Fortran, QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::length(), QCString::lower(), QCString::mid(), QCString::startsWith(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by extractCanonicalType(), findUsedClassesForClass(), stripClassName(), and stripClassName().

◆ extractDirection()

QCString extractDirection ( QCString & docs )

Strip the direction part from docs and return it as a string in canonical form The input docs string can start with e.g.

"[in]", "[in, out]", "[inout]", "[out,in]"...

Returns: either "[in,out]", "[in]", or "[out]" or the empty string.

Definition at line 6665 of file util.cpp.

{
  std::string s = docs.str();
  static const reg::Ex re(R"(\[([ inout,]+)\])");
  reg::Iterator it(s,re);
  reg::Iterator end;
  if (it!=end)
  {
    const auto &match = *it;
    size_t p = match.position();
    size_t l = match.length();
    if (p==0 && l>2)
    {
      // make dir the part inside [...] without separators
      std::string dir = match[1].str();
      // strip , and ' ' from dir
      dir.erase(std::remove_if(dir.begin(),dir.end(),
                               [](const char c) { return c==' ' || c==','; }
                              ),dir.end());
      unsigned char ioMask=0;
      size_t inIndex  = dir.find( "in");
      if ( inIndex!=std::string::npos) dir.erase( inIndex,2),ioMask|=(1<<0);
      size_t outIndex = dir.find("out");
      if (outIndex!=std::string::npos) dir.erase(outIndex,3),ioMask|=(1<<1);
      if (dir.empty() && ioMask!=0) // only in and/or out attributes found
      {
        docs = s.substr(l); // strip attributes
        if (ioMask==((1<<0)|(1<<1))) return "[in,out]";
        else if (ioMask==(1<<0))     return "[in]";
        else if (ioMask==(1<<1))     return "[out]";
      }
    }
  }
  return "";
}

References end(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by inlineArgListToDoc().

◆ extractNamespaceName()

void extractNamespaceName	(	const QCString &	scopeName,
		QCString &	className,
		QCString &	namespaceName,
		bool	allowEmptyClass )

Input is a scopeName, output is the scopename split into a namespace part (as large as possible) and a classname part.

Definition at line 4197 of file util.cpp.

{
  int i=0, p=0;
  QCString clName=scopeName;
  NamespaceDef *nd = nullptr;
  if (!clName.isEmpty() && (nd=getResolvedNamespace(clName)) && getClass(clName)==nullptr)
  { // the whole name is a namespace (and not a class)
    namespaceName=nd->name();
    className.clear();
    goto done;
  }
  p=static_cast<int>(clName.length())-2;
  while (p>=0 && (i=clName.findRev("::",p))!=-1)
    // see if the first part is a namespace (and not a class)
  {
    //printf("Trying %s\n",qPrint(clName.left(i)));
    if (i>0 && (nd=getResolvedNamespace(clName.left(i))) && getClass(clName.left(i))==nullptr)
    {
      //printf("found!\n");
      namespaceName=nd->name();
      className=clName.right(clName.length()-i-2);
      goto done;
    }
    p=i-2; // try a smaller piece of the scope
  }
  //printf("not found!\n");
 
  // not found, so we just have to guess.
  className=scopeName;
  namespaceName.clear();
 
done:
  if (className.isEmpty() && !namespaceName.isEmpty() && !allowEmptyClass)
  {
    // class and namespace with the same name, correct to return the class.
    className=namespaceName;
    namespaceName.clear();
  }
  //printf("extractNamespace '%s' => '%s|%s'\n",qPrint(scopeName),
  //       qPrint(className),qPrint(namespaceName));
  if (className.endsWith("-p"))
  {
    className = className.left(className.length()-2);
  }
  return;
}

References QCString::clear(), QCString::endsWith(), QCString::findRev(), getClass(), getResolvedNamespace(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), Definition::name(), and QCString::right().

Referenced by addClassToContext(), addConceptToContext(), findMember(), and writeAlphabeticalClassList().

◆ fileToString()

QCString fileToString	(	const QCString &	name,
		bool	filter,
		bool	isSourceCode )

reads a file with name name and returns it as a string. If filter is TRUE the file will be filtered by any user specified input filter. If name is "-" the string will be read from standard input.

Definition at line 1441 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (name.isEmpty()) return QCString();
  bool fileOpened=false;
  if (name[0]=='-' && name[1]==0) // read from stdin
  {
    std::string contents;
    std::string line;
    while (getline(std::cin,line))
    {
      contents+=line+'\n';
    }
    return QCString(contents);
  }
  else // read from file
  {
    FileInfo fi(name.str());
    if (!fi.exists() || !fi.isFile())
    {
      err("file '{}' not found\n",name);
      return "";
    }
    std::string buf;
    fileOpened=readInputFile(name,buf,filter,isSourceCode);
    if (fileOpened)
    {
      addTerminalCharIfMissing(buf,'\n');
      return buf;
    }
  }
  if (!fileOpened)
  {
    err("cannot open file '{}' for reading\n",name);
  }
  return "";
}

References addTerminalCharIfMissing(), err, FileInfo::exists(), QCString::isEmpty(), FileInfo::isFile(), readInputFile(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by createDVIFile(), extractBoundingBox(), getConvertLatexMacro(), HtmlGenerator::init(), LatexGenerator::init(), LayoutDocManager::parse(), parseInput(), FileDefImpl::parseSource(), parseTagFile(), DocParser::readTextFileByName(), readTextFileByName(), runPlantumlContent(), FileDefImpl::writeSourceBody(), HtmlGenerator::writeStyleInfo(), and writeXMLCodeBlock().

◆ fileVisibleInIndex()

bool fileVisibleInIndex	(	const FileDef *	fd,
		bool &	genSourceFile )

Definition at line 6576 of file util.cpp.

{
  bool allExternals = Config_getBool(ALLEXTERNALS);
  bool isDocFile = fd->isDocumentationFile();
  genSourceFile = !isDocFile && fd->generateSourceFile();
  return ( ((allExternals && fd->isLinkable()) ||
            fd->isLinkableInProject()
           ) &&
           !isDocFile
         );
}

References Config_getBool, FileDef::generateSourceFile(), FileDef::isDocumentationFile(), Definition::isLinkable(), and Definition::isLinkableInProject().

Referenced by countFiles(), dirHasVisibleChildren(), generateJSTree(), writeDirHierarchy(), writeDirTreeNode(), and DirDefImpl::writeFileList().

◆ filterCRLF()

static void filterCRLF ( std::string & contents )

static

takes the buf of the given length len and converts CR LF (DOS) or CR (MAC) line ending to LF (Unix). Returns the length of the converted content (i.e. the same as len (Unix, MAC) or smaller (DOS).

Definition at line 1302 of file util.cpp.

{
  size_t src  = 0;    // source index
  size_t dest = 0;   // destination index
  size_t len  = contents.length();
 
  while (src<len)
  {
    char c = contents[src++];  // Remember the processed character.
    if (c == '\r')             // CR to be solved (MAC, DOS)
    {
      c = '\n';                // each CR to LF
      if (src<len && contents[src] == '\n')
      {
        ++src;                 // skip LF just after CR (DOS)
      }
    }
    else if ( c == '\0' && src<len-1) // filter out internal \0 characters, as it will confuse the parser
    {
      c = ' ';                 // turn into a space
    }
    contents[dest++] = c;      // copy the (modified) character to dest
  }
  contents.resize(dest);
}

Referenced by readInputFile().

◆ filterTitle()

QCString filterTitle ( const QCString & title )

Definition at line 6077 of file util.cpp.

{
  std::string tf;
  std::string t = title.str();
  static const reg::Ex re(R"(%[a-z_A-Z]+)");
  reg::Iterator it(t,re);
  reg::Iterator end;
  size_t p = 0;
  for (; it!=end ; ++it)
  {
    const auto &match = *it;
    size_t i = match.position();
    size_t l = match.length();
    if (i>p) tf+=t.substr(p,i-p);
    tf+=match.str().substr(1); // skip %
    p=i+l;
  }
  tf+=t.substr(p);
  return QCString(tf);
}

References end(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by addToIndices(), createJavaScriptSearchIndex(), PerlModGenerator::generatePerlModForPage(), generateSqlite3ForPage(), generateXMLForPage(), mainPageHasOwnTitle(), SearchTerm::makeTitle(), SearchIndexExternal::setCurrentDoc(), HtmlGenerator::startFile(), writeExampleIndex(), writeIndex(), writeJavasScriptSearchDataPage(), HtmlGenerator::writeLocalToc(), and writePages().

◆ findAndRemoveWord()

bool findAndRemoveWord	(	QCString &	sentence,
		const char *	word )

removes occurrences of whole word from sentence, while keeps internal spaces and reducing multiple sequences of spaces.

Example: sentence=cat+ catfish cat cat concat cat, word=cat returns: + catfish concat

Definition at line 5481 of file util.cpp.

{
  static reg::Ex re(R"(\s*(<\a+>)\s*)");
  std::string s = sentence.str();
  reg::Iterator it(s,re);
  reg::Iterator end;
  std::string result;
  bool found=false;
  size_t p=0;
  for ( ; it!=end ; ++it)
  {
    const auto match = *it;
    std::string part = match[1].str();
    if (part!=word)
    {
      size_t i = match.position();
      size_t l = match.length();
      result+=s.substr(p,i-p);
      result+=match.str();
      p=i+l;
    }
    else
    {
      found=true;
      size_t i = match[1].position();
      size_t l = match[1].length();
      result+=s.substr(p,i-p);
      p=i+l;
    }
  }
  result+=s.substr(p);
  sentence = QCString(result).simplifyWhiteSpace();
  return found;
}

References end(), found, QCString::simplifyWhiteSpace(), QCString::str(), and word.

Referenced by isVarWithConstructor().

◆ findFileDef()

FileDef * findFileDef	(	const FileNameLinkedMap *	fnMap,
		const QCString &	n,
		bool &	ambig )

Definition at line 3408 of file util.cpp.

{
  ambig=FALSE;
  if (n.isEmpty()) return nullptr;
 
 
  const int maxAddrSize = 20;
  char addr[maxAddrSize];
  qsnprintf(addr,maxAddrSize,"%p:",reinterpret_cast<const void*>(fnMap));
  QCString key = addr;
  key+=n;
 
  std::lock_guard<std::mutex> lock(g_findFileDefMutex);
  FindFileCacheElem *cachedResult = g_findFileDefCache.find(key.str());
  //printf("key=%s cachedResult=%p\n",qPrint(key),cachedResult);
  if (cachedResult)
  {
    ambig = cachedResult->isAmbig;
    //printf("cached: fileDef=%p\n",cachedResult->fileDef);
    return cachedResult->fileDef;
  }
  else
  {
    cachedResult = g_findFileDefCache.insert(key.str(),FindFileCacheElem(nullptr,FALSE));
  }
 
  QCString name=Dir::cleanDirPath(n.str());
  QCString path;
  if (name.isEmpty()) return nullptr;
  int slashPos=std::max(name.findRev('/'),name.findRev('\\'));
  if (slashPos!=-1)
  {
    path=removeLongPathMarker(name.left(slashPos+1));
    name=name.right(name.length()-slashPos-1);
  }
  if (name.isEmpty()) return nullptr;
  const FileName *fn = fnMap->find(name);
  if (fn)
  {
    //printf("fn->size()=%zu\n",fn->size());
    if (fn->size()==1)
    {
      const std::unique_ptr<FileDef> &fd = fn->front();
      bool isSamePath = Portable::fileSystemIsCaseSensitive() ?
                 fd->getPath().right(path.length())==path :
                 fd->getPath().right(path.length()).lower()==path.lower();
      if (path.isEmpty() || isSamePath)
      {
        cachedResult->fileDef = fd.get();
        return fd.get();
      }
    }
    else // file name alone is ambiguous
    {
      int count=0;
      FileDef *lastMatch=nullptr;
      QCString pathStripped = stripFromIncludePath(path);
      for (const auto &fd_p : *fn)
      {
        FileDef *fd = fd_p.get();
        QCString fdStripPath = stripFromIncludePath(fd->getPath());
        if (path.isEmpty() || fdStripPath.right(pathStripped.length())==pathStripped)
        {
          count++;
          lastMatch=fd;
        }
      }
 
      ambig=(count>1);
      cachedResult->isAmbig = ambig;
      cachedResult->fileDef = lastMatch;
      return lastMatch;
    }
  }
  else
  {
    //printf("not found!\n");
  }
  return nullptr;
}

References Dir::cleanDirPath(), FALSE, FindFileCacheElem::fileDef, Portable::fileSystemIsCaseSensitive(), LinkedMap< T, Hash, KeyEqual, Map >::find(), QCString::findRev(), g_findFileDefCache, g_findFileDefMutex, FileDef::getPath(), FindFileCacheElem::isAmbig, QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), QCString::lower(), qsnprintf, removeLongPathMarker(), QCString::right(), QCString::str(), and stripFromIncludePath().

Referenced by addIncludeFile(), buildFileList(), checkMarkdownMainfile(), DocParser::findAndCopyImage(), DocParser::findDocsForMemberOrCompound(), findFile(), findFilePath(), generateFileRef(), generateFileSources(), DocParser::handleLinkedWord(), DocbookDocVisitor::operator()(), XmlDocVisitor::operator()(), DocDiaFile::parse(), DocDotFile::parse(), DocMscFile::parse(), DocPlantUmlFile::parse(), parseFilesMultiThreading(), parseFilesSingleThreading(), Markdown::Private::processLink(), readIncludeFile(), readTextFileByName(), ModuleManager::resolveImports(), resolveLink(), ModuleManager::resolvePartitions(), resolveRef(), and setFileName().

◆ findFilePath()

QCString findFilePath	(	const QCString &	file,
		bool &	ambig )

Definition at line 3491 of file util.cpp.

{
  ambig=false;
  QCString result;
  bool found=false;
  if (!found)
  {
    FileInfo fi(file.str());
    if (fi.exists())
    {
      result=fi.absFilePath();
      found=true;
    }
  }
  if (!found)
  {
    const StringVector &examplePathList = Config_getList(EXAMPLE_PATH);
    for (const auto &s : examplePathList)
    {
      std::string absFileName = s+(Portable::pathSeparator()+file).str();
      FileInfo fi(absFileName);
      if (fi.exists())
      {
        result=fi.absFilePath();
        found=true;
      }
    }
  }
 
  if (!found)
  {
    // as a fallback we also look in the exampleNameDict
    FileDef *fd = findFileDef(Doxygen::exampleNameLinkedMap,file,ambig);
    if (fd && !ambig)
    {
      result=fd->absFilePath();
    }
  }
  return result;
}

References FileDef::absFilePath(), FileInfo::absFilePath(), Config_getList, Doxygen::exampleNameLinkedMap, FileInfo::exists(), findFileDef(), found, Portable::pathSeparator(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by readIncludeFile(), and DocParser::readTextFileByName().

◆ findIndex() [1/2]

int findIndex	(	const std::string &	s,
		const reg::Ex &	re )

find the index of the first occurrence of pattern re in a string s returns -1 if the pattern could not be found

Definition at line 7149 of file util.cpp.

{
  reg::Match match;
  return reg::search(s,match,re) ? static_cast<int>(match.position()) : -1;
}

References reg::search().

◆ findIndex() [2/2]

int findIndex	(	const StringVector &	sv,
		const std::string &	s )

find the index of a string in a vector of strings, returns -1 if the string could not be found

Definition at line 7141 of file util.cpp.

{
  auto it = std::find(sv.begin(),sv.end(),s);
  return it!=sv.end() ? static_cast<int>(it-sv.begin()) : -1;
}

Referenced by initUCF(), VhdlDocGen::parseForBinding(), VhdlDocGen::parseUCF(), DotFilePatcher::run(), and VhdlDocGen::writeFormatString().

◆ findMembersWithSpecificName()

static void findMembersWithSpecificName	(	const MemberName *	mn,
		const QCString &	args,
		bool	checkStatics,
		const FileDef *	currentFile,
		bool	checkCV,
		std::vector< const MemberDef * > &	members )

static

Definition at line 2229 of file util.cpp.

{
  //printf("  Function with global scope name '%s' args='%s'\n",
  //       mn->memberName(),args);
  for (const auto &md_p : *mn)
  {
    const MemberDef *md = md_p.get();
    const FileDef  *fd=md->getFileDef();
    const GroupDef *gd=md->getGroupDef();
    //printf("  md->name()='%s' md->args='%s' fd=%p gd=%p current=%p ref=%s\n",
    //    qPrint(md->name()),args,fd,gd,currentFile,qPrint(md->getReference()));
    if (
        ((gd && gd->isLinkable()) || (fd && fd->isLinkable()) || md->isReference()) &&
        md->getNamespaceDef()==nullptr && md->isLinkable() &&
        (!checkStatics || (!md->isStatic() && !md->isDefine()) ||
         currentFile==nullptr || fd==currentFile) // statics must appear in the same file
       )
    {
      bool match=TRUE;
      if (!args.isEmpty() && !md->isDefine() && args!="()")
      {
        const ArgumentList &mdAl = md->argumentList();
        auto argList_p = stringToArgumentList(md->getLanguage(),args);
        match=matchArguments2(
            md->getOuterScope(),fd,&mdAl,
            Doxygen::globalScope,fd,argList_p.get(),
            checkCV,md->getLanguage());
      }
      if (match)
      {
        //printf("Found match!\n");
        members.push_back(md);
      }
    }
  }
}

References MemberDef::argumentList(), MemberDef::getFileDef(), MemberDef::getGroupDef(), Definition::getLanguage(), MemberDef::getNamespaceDef(), Definition::getOuterScope(), Doxygen::globalScope, MemberDef::isDefine(), QCString::isEmpty(), Definition::isLinkable(), Definition::isReference(), MemberDef::isStatic(), matchArguments2(), stringToArgumentList(), and TRUE.

Referenced by getDefsOld().

◆ findModuleDef()

static ModuleDef * findModuleDef ( const Definition * d )

static

Definition at line 5321 of file util.cpp.

{
  ModuleDef *mod = nullptr;
  if (d->definitionType()==Definition::TypeFile)
  {
    const FileDef *fd = toFileDef(d);
    if (fd) mod = fd->getModuleDef();
  }
  else if (d->definitionType()==Definition::TypeClass)
  {
    const ClassDef *cd = toClassDef(d);
    if (cd)
    {
      const FileDef *fd = cd->getFileDef();
      if (fd) mod = fd->getModuleDef();
    }
  }
  else if (d->definitionType()==Definition::TypeConcept)
  {
    const ConceptDef *cd = toConceptDef(d);
    if (cd)
    {
      const FileDef *fd = cd->getFileDef();
      if (fd) mod = fd->getModuleDef();
    }
  }
  return mod;
}

References Definition::definitionType(), ClassDef::getFileDef(), ConceptDef::getFileDef(), FileDef::getModuleDef(), toClassDef(), toConceptDef(), toFileDef(), Definition::TypeClass, Definition::TypeConcept, and Definition::TypeFile.

Referenced by recursivelyAddGroupListToTitle().

◆ findParameterList()

int findParameterList ( const QCString & name )

Returns the position in the string where a function parameter list begins, or -1 if one is not found.

Definition at line 836 of file util.cpp.

{
  int pos=-1;
  int templateDepth=0;
  do
  {
    if (templateDepth > 0)
    {
      int nextOpenPos=name.findRev('>', pos);
      int nextClosePos=name.findRev('<', pos);
      if (nextOpenPos!=-1 && nextOpenPos>nextClosePos)
      {
        ++templateDepth;
        pos=nextOpenPos-1;
      }
      else if (nextClosePos!=-1)
      {
        --templateDepth;
        pos=nextClosePos-1;
      }
      else // more >'s than <'s, see bug701295
      {
        return -1;
      }
    }
    else
    {
      int lastAnglePos=name.findRev('>', pos);
      int bracePos=name.findRev('(', pos);
      if (lastAnglePos!=-1 && lastAnglePos>bracePos)
      {
        ++templateDepth;
        pos=lastAnglePos-1;
      }
      else
      {
        int bp = bracePos>0 ? name.findRev('(',bracePos-1) : -1;
        // bp test is to allow foo(int(&)[10]), but we need to make an exception for operator()
        return bp==-1 || (bp>=8 && name.mid(bp-8,10)=="operator()") ? bracePos : bp;
      }
    }
  } while (pos!=-1);
  return -1;
}

References QCString::findRev(), and QCString::mid().

Referenced by resolveRef().

◆ generateAnonymousAnchor()

QCString generateAnonymousAnchor	(	const QCString &	fileName,
		int	count )

Definition at line 4058 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString fn = stripFromPath(fileName)+":"+QCString().setNum(count);
  const int sig_size=16;
  uint8_t md5_sig[sig_size];
  MD5Buffer(fn.data(),static_cast<unsigned int>(fn.length()),md5_sig);
  char result[sig_size*3+2];
  char *p = result;
  *p++='@';
  for (int i=0;i<sig_size;i++)
  {
    static const char oct[]="01234567";
    uint8_t byte = md5_sig[i];
    *p++=oct[(byte>>6)&7];
    *p++=oct[(byte>>3)&7];
    *p++=oct[(byte>>0)&7];
  }
  *p='\0';
  return result;
}

References QCString::data(), QCString::length(), QCString::setNum(), and stripFromPath().

◆ generateFileRef()

void generateFileRef	(	OutputList &	ol,
		const QCString &	name,
		const QCString &	text )

Definition at line 3380 of file util.cpp.

{
  //printf("generateFileRef(%s,%s)\n",name,text);
  QCString linkText = text.isEmpty() ? text : name;
  //FileInfo *fi;
  bool ambig = false;
  FileDef *fd = findFileDef(Doxygen::inputNameLinkedMap,name,ambig);
  if (fd && fd->isLinkable())
    // link to documented input file
    ol.writeObjectLink(fd->getReference(),fd->getOutputFileBase(),QCString(),linkText);
  else
    ol.docify(linkText);
}

References OutputList::docify(), findFileDef(), Definition::getOutputFileBase(), Definition::getReference(), Doxygen::inputNameLinkedMap, QCString::isEmpty(), Definition::isLinkable(), and OutputList::writeObjectLink().

◆ generateMarker()

QCString generateMarker ( int id )

Generate a place holder for a position in a list. Used for translators to be able to specify different elements orders depending on whether text flows from left to right or visa versa.

Definition at line 290 of file util.cpp.

{
  const int maxMarkerStrLen = 20;
  char result[maxMarkerStrLen];
  qsnprintf(result,maxMarkerStrLen,"@%d",id);
  return result;
}

References qsnprintf.

◆ genericPatternMatch()

template<class PatternList, class PatternElem, typename PatternGet = QCString(*)(const PatternElem &)>

bool genericPatternMatch	(	const FileInfo &	fi,
		const PatternList &	patList,
		PatternElem &	elem,
		PatternGet	getter )

Definition at line 6101 of file util.cpp.

{
  bool caseSenseNames = getCaseSenseNames();
  bool found = FALSE;
 
  // For platforms where the file system is non case sensitive overrule the setting
  if (!Portable::fileSystemIsCaseSensitive())
  {
    caseSenseNames = FALSE;
  }
 
  if (!patList.empty())
  {
    std::string fn = fi.fileName();
    std::string fp = fi.filePath();
    std::string afp= fi.absFilePath();
 
    for (const auto &li : patList)
    {
      std::string pattern = getter(li).str();
      if (!pattern.empty())
      {
        size_t i=pattern.find('=');
        if (i!=std::string::npos) pattern=pattern.substr(0,i); // strip of the extension specific filter name
 
        if (!caseSenseNames)
        {
          pattern = QCString(pattern).lower().str();
          fn      = QCString(fn).lower().str();
          fp      = QCString(fp).lower().str();
          afp     = QCString(afp).lower().str();
        }
        reg::Ex re(pattern,reg::Ex::Mode::Wildcard);
        found = re.isValid() && (reg::match(fn,re) ||
                                 (fn!=fp && reg::match(fp,re)) ||
                                 (fn!=afp && fp!=afp && reg::match(afp,re)));
        if (found)
        {
          elem = li;
          break;
        }
        //printf("Matching '%s' against pattern '%s' found=%d\n",
        //    qPrint(fi->fileName()),qPrint(pattern),found);
      }
    }
  }
  return found;
}

References FileInfo::absFilePath(), FALSE, FileInfo::fileName(), FileInfo::filePath(), Portable::fileSystemIsCaseSensitive(), found, getCaseSenseNames(), reg::Ex::isValid(), QCString::lower(), reg::match(), QCString::str(), and reg::Ex::Wildcard.

Referenced by getEncoding(), and patternMatch().

◆ getCanonicalTemplateSpec()

static QCString getCanonicalTemplateSpec	(	const Definition *	d,
		const FileDef *	fs,
		const QCString &	spec,
		SrcLangExt	lang )

static

Definition at line 1577 of file util.cpp.

{
 
  QCString templSpec = spec.stripWhiteSpace();
  // this part had been commented out before... but it is needed to match for instance
  // std::list<std::string> against list<string> so it is now back again!
  if (!templSpec.isEmpty() && templSpec.at(0) == '<')
  {
    templSpec = "< " + extractCanonicalType(d,fs,templSpec.right(templSpec.length()-1).stripWhiteSpace(),lang);
  }
  QCString resolvedType = lang==SrcLangExt::Java ? templSpec : resolveTypeDef(d,templSpec);
  if (!resolvedType.isEmpty()) // not known as a typedef either
  {
    templSpec = resolvedType;
  }
  //printf("getCanonicalTemplateSpec(%s)=%s\n",qPrint(spec),qPrint(templSpec));
  return templSpec;
}

References QCString::at(), extractCanonicalType(), QCString::isEmpty(), Java, QCString::length(), resolveTypeDef(), QCString::right(), and QCString::stripWhiteSpace().

Referenced by getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier().

◆ getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier()

static QCString getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier	(	const Definition *	d,
		const FileDef *	fs,
		const QCString &	word,
		SrcLangExt	lang,
		QCString *	tSpec,
		int	count = 0 )

static

Definition at line 1597 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (count>10) return word; // oops recursion
 
  QCString symName,result,templSpec,tmpName;
  if (tSpec && !tSpec->isEmpty())
    templSpec = stripDeclKeywords(getCanonicalTemplateSpec(d,fs,*tSpec,lang));
 
  AUTO_TRACE("d='{}' fs='{}' word='{}' templSpec='{}'",d?d->name():"",fs?fs->name():"",word,templSpec);
 
  if (word.findRev("::")!=-1 && !(tmpName=stripScope(word)).isEmpty())
  {
    symName=tmpName; // name without scope
  }
  else
  {
    symName=word;
  }
 
  // lookup class / class template instance
  SymbolResolver resolver(fs);
  const ClassDef *cd     = resolver.resolveClass(d,word+templSpec,true,true);
  const MemberDef *mType = resolver.getTypedef();
  QCString ts            = resolver.getTemplateSpec();
  QCString resolvedType  = resolver.getResolvedType();
 
  bool isTemplInst = cd && !templSpec.isEmpty();
  if (!cd && !templSpec.isEmpty())
  {
    // class template specialization not known, look up class template
    cd           = resolver.resolveClass(d,word,true,true);
    mType        = resolver.getTypedef();
    ts           = resolver.getTemplateSpec();
    resolvedType = resolver.getResolvedType();
  }
  if (cd && cd->isUsedOnly()) cd=nullptr; // ignore types introduced by usage relations
 
  AUTO_TRACE_ADD("cd='{}' mType='{}' ts='{}' resolvedType='{}'",
      cd?cd->name():"",mType?mType->name():"",ts,resolvedType);
  //printf("cd=%p mtype=%p\n",cd,mType);
  //printf("  getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier: symbol=%s word=%s cd=%s d=%s fs=%s cd->isTemplate=%d\n",
  //    qPrint(symName),
  //    qPrint(word),
  //    cd ? qPrint(cd->name()) : "<none>",
  //    d  ? qPrint( d->name()) : "<none>",
  //    fs ? qPrint(fs->name()) : "<none>",
  //    cd ? cd->isTemplate():-1
  //   );
 
  //printf("  >>>> word '%s' => '%s' templSpec=%s ts=%s tSpec=%s isTemplate=%d resolvedType=%s\n",
  //    qPrint((word+templSpec)),
  //    cd ? qPrint(cd->qualifiedName()) : "<none>",
  //    qPrint(templSpec), qPrint(ts),
  //    tSpec ? qPrint(tSpec) : "<null>",
  //    cd ? cd->isTemplate():FALSE,
  //    qPrint(resolvedType));
 
  //printf("  mtype=%s\n",mType ? qPrint(mType->name()) : "<none>");
 
  if (cd) // resolves to a known class type
  {
    if (cd==d && tSpec) *tSpec="";
 
    if (mType && mType->isTypedef()) // but via a typedef
    {
      result = resolvedType+ts; // the +ts was added for bug 685125
    }
    else
    {
      if (isTemplInst)
      {
        // spec is already part of class type
        templSpec="";
        if (tSpec) *tSpec="";
      }
      else if (!ts.isEmpty() && templSpec.isEmpty())
      {
        // use formal template args for spec
        templSpec = stripDeclKeywords(getCanonicalTemplateSpec(d,fs,ts,lang));
      }
 
      result = removeRedundantWhiteSpace(cd->qualifiedName() + templSpec);
 
      if (cd->isTemplate() && tSpec) //
      {
        if (!templSpec.isEmpty()) // specific instance
        {
          result=cd->name()+templSpec;
        }
        else // use template type
        {
          result=cd->qualifiedNameWithTemplateParameters();
        }
        // template class, so remove the template part (it is part of the class name)
        *tSpec="";
      }
      else if (ts.isEmpty() && !templSpec.isEmpty() && cd && !cd->isTemplate() && tSpec)
      {
        // obscure case, where a class is used as a template, but doxygen think it is
        // not (could happen when loading the class from a tag file).
        *tSpec="";
      }
    }
  }
  else if (mType && mType->isEnumerate()) // an enum
  {
    result = mType->qualifiedName();
  }
  else if (mType && mType->isTypedef()) // a typedef
  {
    //result = mType->qualifiedName(); // changed after 1.7.2
    //result = mType->typeString();
    //printf("word=%s typeString=%s\n",qPrint(word),mType->typeString());
    if (word!=mType->typeString())
    {
      QCString type = mType->typeString();
      if (type.startsWith("typename "))
      {
        type.stripPrefix("typename ");
        type = stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope(type,FALSE);
      }
      if (!type.isEmpty()) // see issue #11065
      {
        result = getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier(d,fs,type,mType->getLanguage(),tSpec,count+1);
      }
      else
      {
        result = word;
      }
    }
    else
    {
      result = mType->typeString();
    }
  }
  else // fallback
  {
    resolvedType = lang==SrcLangExt::Java ? word : resolveTypeDef(d,word);
    AUTO_TRACE_ADD("fallback resolvedType='{}'",resolvedType);
    if (resolvedType.isEmpty()) // not known as a typedef either
    {
      result = word;
    }
    else
    {
      result = resolvedType;
    }
  }
  AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("result='{}'",result);
  return result;
}

References AUTO_TRACE, AUTO_TRACE_ADD, AUTO_TRACE_EXIT, FALSE, getCanonicalTemplateSpec(), getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier(), Definition::getLanguage(), SymbolResolver::getResolvedType(), SymbolResolver::getTemplateSpec(), SymbolResolver::getTypedef(), QCString::isEmpty(), MemberDef::isEnumerate(), ClassDef::isTemplate(), MemberDef::isTypedef(), ClassDef::isUsedOnly(), Java, Definition::name(), Definition::qualifiedName(), ClassDef::qualifiedNameWithTemplateParameters(), removeRedundantWhiteSpace(), SymbolResolver::resolveClass(), resolveTypeDef(), QCString::startsWith(), stripDeclKeywords(), QCString::stripPrefix(), stripScope(), stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope(), MemberDef::typeString(), and word.

Referenced by extractCanonicalType(), and getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier().

◆ getCaseSenseNames()

bool getCaseSenseNames ( )

Definition at line 3820 of file util.cpp.

{
  auto caseSenseNames = Config_getEnum(CASE_SENSE_NAMES);
 
  if (caseSenseNames == CASE_SENSE_NAMES_t::YES) return true;
  else if (caseSenseNames == CASE_SENSE_NAMES_t::NO) return false;
  else return Portable::fileSystemIsCaseSensitive();
}

References Config_getEnum, and Portable::fileSystemIsCaseSensitive().

Referenced by escapeCharsInString(), genericPatternMatch(), FileNameFn::searchKey(), and unescapeCharsInString().

◆ getDefs()

GetDefResult getDefs ( const GetDefInput & input )

Definition at line 2822 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (false) // set this to true to try the old and new routine side-by-side and compare the results
  {
    printf("@@ ------ getDefsOld start\n");
    GetDefResult result = getDefsOld(input);
    printf("@@ ------ getDefsOld end\n");
    printf("@@ ------ getDefsNew start\n");
    GetDefResult newResult = getDefsNew(input);
    printf("@@ ------ getDefsNew end\n");
    if (result.found!=newResult.found ||
        result.md!=newResult.md ||
        result.cd!=newResult.cd ||
        result.fd!=newResult.fd ||
        result.nd!=newResult.nd ||
        result.gd!=newResult.gd
       )
    {
      printf("@@ getDefsOld(scName=%s, mbName=%s, args=%s, forceEmptyScope=%d "
                      "currentFile=%s checkCV=%d)=%d md=%s (%p) cd=%s fd=%s nd=%s gd=%s\n",
                qPrint(input.scopeName), qPrint(input.memberName), qPrint(input.args),
                input.forceEmptyScope, qPrint(input.currentFile?input.currentFile->name():QCString()),
                input.checkCV,
                result.found,
                qPrint(result.md ? result.md->name() : QCString()),
                (void*)result.md,
                qPrint(result.cd ? result.cd->name() : QCString()),
                qPrint(result.fd ? result.fd->name() : QCString()),
                qPrint(result.nd ? result.nd->name() : QCString()),
                qPrint(result.gd ? result.gd->name() : QCString())
             );
      printf("@@ ------ getDefsOld start\n");
      printf("@@ getDefsNew(scName=%s, mbName=%s, args=%s, forceEmptyScope=%d "
                      "currentFile=%s checkCV=%d)=%d md=%s (%p) cd=%s fd=%s nd=%s gd=%s\n",
                qPrint(input.scopeName), qPrint(input.memberName), qPrint(input.args),
                input.forceEmptyScope, qPrint(input.currentFile?input.currentFile->name():QCString()),
                input.checkCV,
                newResult.found,
                qPrint(newResult.md ? newResult.md->name() : QCString()),
                (void*)newResult.md,
                qPrint(newResult.cd ? newResult.cd->name() : QCString()),
                qPrint(newResult.fd ? newResult.fd->name() : QCString()),
                qPrint(newResult.nd ? newResult.nd->name() : QCString()),
                qPrint(newResult.gd ? newResult.gd->name() : QCString())
             );
    }
    return result; // use return newResult to use the result of the new routine
  }
  else // do one of the two getDefs routines (comment out the other one)
  {
    return getDefsNew(input);
  }
}

References GetDefInput::args, GetDefResult::cd, GetDefInput::checkCV, GetDefInput::currentFile, GetDefResult::fd, GetDefInput::forceEmptyScope, GetDefResult::found, GetDefResult::gd, getDefsNew(), getDefsOld(), GetDefResult::md, GetDefInput::memberName, Definition::name(), GetDefResult::nd, qPrint(), and GetDefInput::scopeName.

Referenced by DocParser::findDocsForMemberOrCompound(), getLinkInScope(), getLinkInScope(), if(), and resolveRef().

◆ getDefsNew()

GetDefResult getDefsNew ( const GetDefInput & input )

Definition at line 2273 of file util.cpp.

{
  GetDefResult result;
  if (input.memberName.isEmpty()) return result;
 
  //printf("@@ --- getDefsNew(%s,%s)-----------\n",qPrint(scName),qPrint(mbName));
  const Definition *scope = Doxygen::globalScope;
  SymbolResolver resolver;
  if (input.currentFile) resolver.setFileScope(input.currentFile);
  if (!input.scopeName.isEmpty())
  {
    scope = resolver.resolveSymbol(scope,input.scopeName);
  }
  if (scope==Doxygen::globalScope)
  {
    scope = input.currentFile;
  }
  //printf("@@  -> found scope scope=%s member=%s out=%s\n",qPrint(input.scopeName),qPrint(input.memberName),qPrint(scope?scope->name():""));
  //
  const Definition *symbol = resolver.resolveSymbol(scope,input.memberName,input.args,input.checkCV,input.insideCode);
  //printf("@@  -> found symbol in=%s out=%s\n",qPrint(input.memberName),qPrint(symbol?symbol->qualifiedName():QCString()));
  if (symbol && symbol->definitionType()==Definition::TypeMember)
  {
    result.md = toMemberDef(symbol);
    result.cd = result.md->getClassDef();
    if (result.cd==nullptr) result.nd = result.md->getNamespaceDef();
    if (result.cd==nullptr && result.nd==nullptr) result.fd = result.md->getFileDef();
    result.gd = result.md->getGroupDef();
    result.found = true;
  }
  else if (symbol && symbol->definitionType()==Definition::TypeClass)
  {
    result.cd = toClassDef(symbol);
    result.found = true;
  }
  else if (symbol && symbol->definitionType()==Definition::TypeNamespace)
  {
    result.nd = toNamespaceDef(symbol);
    result.found = true;
  }
  else if (symbol && symbol->definitionType()==Definition::TypeConcept)
  {
    result.cnd = toConceptDef(symbol);
    result.found = true;
  }
  else if (symbol && symbol->definitionType()==Definition::TypeModule)
  {
    result.modd = toModuleDef(symbol);
    result.found = true;
  }
  return result;
}

References GetDefInput::args, GetDefResult::cd, GetDefInput::checkCV, GetDefResult::cnd, GetDefInput::currentFile, Definition::definitionType(), GetDefResult::fd, GetDefResult::found, GetDefResult::gd, MemberDef::getClassDef(), MemberDef::getFileDef(), MemberDef::getGroupDef(), MemberDef::getNamespaceDef(), Doxygen::globalScope, GetDefInput::insideCode, QCString::isEmpty(), GetDefResult::md, GetDefInput::memberName, GetDefResult::modd, GetDefResult::nd, SymbolResolver::resolveSymbol(), GetDefInput::scopeName, SymbolResolver::setFileScope(), toClassDef(), toConceptDef(), toMemberDef(), toModuleDef(), toNamespaceDef(), Definition::TypeClass, Definition::TypeConcept, Definition::TypeMember, Definition::TypeModule, and Definition::TypeNamespace.

Referenced by getDefs().

◆ getDefsOld()

GetDefResult getDefsOld ( const GetDefInput & input )

Searches for a member definition given its name 'memberName' as a string. memberName may also include a (partial) scope to indicate the scope in which the member is located.

The parameter 'scName' is a string representing the name of the scope in which the link was found.

In case of a function args contains a string representation of the argument list. Passing 0 means the member has no arguments. Passing "()" means any argument list will do, but "()" is preferred.

The function returns TRUE if the member is known and documented or FALSE if it is not. If TRUE is returned parameter 'md' contains a pointer to the member definition. Furthermore exactly one of the parameter 'cd', 'nd', or 'fd' will be non-zero:

if 'cd' is non zero, the member was found in a class pointed to by cd.
if 'nd' is non zero, the member was found in a namespace pointed to by nd.
if 'fd' is non zero, the member was found in the global namespace of file fd.

Definition at line 2348 of file util.cpp.

{
  GetDefResult result;
  QCString scopeName;
  QCString memberName;
  QCString mName;
  QCString mScope;
  MemberName *mn = nullptr;
  int is=0,im=0,pm=0;
 
  if (input.memberName.isEmpty()) goto exit; /* empty name => nothing to link */
 
  scopeName  = input.scopeName;
  scopeName  = substitute(scopeName,"\\","::"); // for PHP
  memberName = input.memberName;
  memberName = substitute(memberName,"\\","::"); // for PHP
  //printf("Search for name=%s args=%s in scope=%s forceEmpty=%d\n",
  //          qPrint(memberName),qPrint(args),qPrint(scopeName),forceEmptyScope);
 
  // strip common part of the scope from the scopeName
  while ((is=scopeName.findRev("::"))!=-1 &&
         (im=memberName.find("::",pm))!=-1 &&
          (scopeName.right(scopeName.length()-is-2)==memberName.mid(pm,im-pm))
        )
  {
    scopeName=scopeName.left(is);
    pm=im+2;
  }
  //printf("result after scope corrections scope=%s name=%s\n",
  //          qPrint(scopeName), qPrint(memberName));
 
  mName=memberName;
  if (!memberName.startsWith("operator ") && // treat operator conversion methods
      // as a special case
      (im=memberName.findRev("::"))!=-1 &&
      im<static_cast<int>(memberName.length())-2 // not A::
     )
  {
    mScope=memberName.left(im);
    mName=memberName.right(memberName.length()-im-2);
  }
 
  // handle special the case where both scope name and member scope are equal
  if (mScope==scopeName) scopeName.clear();
 
  //printf("mScope='%s' mName='%s'\n",qPrint(mScope),qPrint(mName));
 
  mn = Doxygen::memberNameLinkedMap->find(mName);
  //printf("mName=%s mn=%p\n",qPrint(mName),mn);
 
  if ((!input.forceEmptyScope || input.scopeName.isEmpty()) && // this was changed for bug638856, forceEmptyScope => empty scopeName
      mn && !(input.scopeName.isEmpty() && mScope.isEmpty()))
  {
    //printf("  >member name '%s' found\n",qPrint(mName));
    int scopeOffset = static_cast<int>(scopeName.length());
    do
    {
      QCString className = scopeName.left(scopeOffset);
      if (!className.isEmpty() && !mScope.isEmpty())
      {
        className+="::"+mScope;
      }
      else if (!mScope.isEmpty())
      {
        className=mScope;
      }
 
      SymbolResolver resolver;
      const ClassDef *fcd=resolver.resolveClass(Doxygen::globalScope,className);
      const MemberDef *tmd=resolver.getTypedef();
 
      if (fcd==nullptr && className.find('<')!=-1) // try without template specifiers as well
      {
         QCString nameWithoutTemplates = stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope(className,FALSE);
         fcd=resolver.resolveClass(Doxygen::globalScope,nameWithoutTemplates);
         tmd=resolver.getTypedef();
      }
      //printf("Trying class scope %s: fcd=%p tmd=%p\n",qPrint(className),fcd,tmd);
      // todo: fill in correct fileScope!
      if (fcd &&  // is it a documented class
          fcd->isLinkable()
         )
      {
        //printf("  Found fcd=%p\n",fcd);
        int mdist=maxInheritanceDepth;
        std::unique_ptr<ArgumentList> argList;
        if (!input.args.isEmpty())
        {
          argList = stringToArgumentList(fcd->getLanguage(),input.args);
        }
        for (const auto &mmd_p : *mn)
        {
          MemberDef *mmd = mmd_p.get();
          if (!mmd->isStrongEnumValue())
          {
            const ArgumentList &mmdAl = mmd->argumentList();
            bool match = input.args.isEmpty() ||
              matchArguments2(mmd->getOuterScope(),mmd->getFileDef(),&mmdAl,
                             fcd,                  fcd->getFileDef(),argList.get(),
                             input.checkCV,mmd->getLanguage());
            //printf("match=%d\n",match);
            if (match)
            {
              const ClassDef *mcd=mmd->getClassDef();
              if (mcd)
              {
                int m=minClassDistance(fcd,mcd);
                if (m<mdist && mcd->isLinkable())
                {
                  mdist=m;
                  result.cd=mcd;
                  result.md=mmd;
                }
              }
            }
          }
        }
        if (mdist==maxInheritanceDepth && input.args=="()")
          // no exact match found, but if args="()" an arbitrary member will do
        {
          //printf("  >Searching for arbitrary member\n");
          for (const auto &mmd_p : *mn)
          {
            MemberDef *mmd = mmd_p.get();
            //if (mmd->isLinkable())
            //{
            const ClassDef *mcd=mmd->getClassDef();
            //printf("  >Class %s found\n",qPrint(mcd->name()));
            if (mcd)
            {
              int m=minClassDistance(fcd,mcd);
              if (m<mdist /* && mcd->isLinkable()*/ )
              {
                //printf("Class distance %d\n",m);
                mdist = m;
                result.cd = mcd;
                result.md = mmd;
              }
            }
            //}
          }
        }
        //printf("  >Success=%d\n",mdist<maxInheritanceDepth);
        if (mdist<maxInheritanceDepth)
        {
          if (!result.md->isLinkable() || result.md->isStrongEnumValue())
          {
            result.md = nullptr; // avoid returning things we cannot link to
            result.cd = nullptr;
            result.found = false; // match found, but was not linkable
            goto exit;
          }
          else
          {
            result.gd = result.md->getGroupDef();
            if (result.gd) result.cd=nullptr;
            result.found=true; /* found match */
            goto exit;
          }
        }
      }
      if (tmd && tmd->isEnumerate() && tmd->isStrong()) // scoped enum
      {
        //printf("Found scoped enum!\n");
        for (const auto &emd : tmd->enumFieldList())
        {
          if (emd->localName()==mName)
          {
            if (emd->isLinkable())
            {
              result.cd = tmd->getClassDef();
              result.md = emd;
              result.found = true;
              goto exit;
            }
            else
            {
              result.cd = nullptr;
              result.md = nullptr;
              result.found = false;
              goto exit;
            }
          }
        }
      }
      /* go to the parent scope */
      if (scopeOffset==0)
      {
        scopeOffset=-1;
      }
      else if ((scopeOffset=scopeName.findRev("::",scopeOffset-1))==-1)
      {
        scopeOffset=0;
      }
    } while (scopeOffset>=0);
 
  }
  if (mn && input.scopeName.isEmpty() && mScope.isEmpty()) // Maybe a related function?
  {
    //printf("Global symbol\n");
    const MemberDef *fuzzy_mmd = nullptr;
    std::unique_ptr<ArgumentList> argList;
    bool hasEmptyArgs = input.args=="()";
 
    if (!input.args.isEmpty())
    {
      argList = stringToArgumentList(SrcLangExt::Cpp, input.args);
    }
 
    for (const auto &mmd_p : *mn)
    {
      const MemberDef *mmd = mmd_p.get();
      if (!mmd->isLinkable() || (!mmd->isRelated() && !mmd->isForeign()) ||
           !mmd->getClassDef())
      {
        continue;
      }
 
      if (input.args.isEmpty())
      {
        fuzzy_mmd = mmd;
        break;
      }
 
      const ArgumentList &mmdAl = mmd->argumentList();
      if (matchArguments2(mmd->getOuterScope(),mmd->getFileDef(),&mmdAl,
                          Doxygen::globalScope,mmd->getFileDef(),argList.get(),
                          input.checkCV,mmd->getLanguage())
         )
      {
        fuzzy_mmd = mmd;
        break;
      }
 
      if (!fuzzy_mmd && hasEmptyArgs)
      {
        fuzzy_mmd = mmd;
      }
    }
 
    if (fuzzy_mmd && !fuzzy_mmd->isStrongEnumValue())
    {
      result.md = fuzzy_mmd;
      result.cd = fuzzy_mmd->getClassDef();
      result.found = true;
      goto exit;
    }
  }
 
 
  // maybe an namespace, file or group member ?
  //printf("Testing for global symbol scopeName='%s' mScope='%s' :: mName='%s'\n",
  //              qPrint(scopeName), qPrint(mScope), qPrint(mName));
  if ((mn=Doxygen::functionNameLinkedMap->find(mName))) // name is known
  {
    //printf("  >symbol name found\n");
    NamespaceDef *fnd=nullptr;
    int scopeOffset = static_cast<int>(scopeName.length());
    do
    {
      QCString namespaceName = scopeName.left(scopeOffset);
      if (!namespaceName.isEmpty() && !mScope.isEmpty())
      {
        namespaceName+="::"+mScope;
      }
      else if (!mScope.isEmpty())
      {
        namespaceName=mScope;
      }
      //printf("Trying namespace %s\n",qPrint(namespaceName));
      if (!namespaceName.isEmpty() &&
          (fnd=Doxygen::namespaceLinkedMap->find(namespaceName)) &&
          fnd->isLinkable()
         )
      {
        //printf("Symbol inside existing namespace '%s' count=%d\n",
        //    qPrint(namespaceName),mn->count());
        bool found=FALSE;
        for (const auto &mmd_p : *mn)
        {
          const MemberDef *mmd = mmd_p.get();
          //printf("mmd->getNamespaceDef()=%p fnd=%p\n",
          //    mmd->getNamespaceDef(),fnd);
          const MemberDef *emd = mmd->getEnumScope();
          if (emd && emd->isStrong())
          {
            //printf("yes match %s<->%s!\n",qPrint(mScope),qPrint(emd->localName()));
            if (emd->getNamespaceDef()==fnd &&
                rightScopeMatch(mScope,emd->localName()))
            {
              //printf("found it!\n");
              result.nd=fnd;
              result.md=mmd;
              found=TRUE;
              break;
            }
            else
            {
              result.md=nullptr;
              result.cd=nullptr;
              result.found=false;
              goto exit;
            }
          }
          else if (mmd->getOuterScope()==fnd /* && mmd->isLinkable() */ )
          { // namespace is found
            bool match=TRUE;
            if (!input.args.isEmpty() && input.args!="()")
            {
              const ArgumentList &mmdAl = mmd->argumentList();
              auto argList_p = stringToArgumentList(mmd->getLanguage(),input.args);
              match=matchArguments2(
                  mmd->getOuterScope(),mmd->getFileDef(),&mmdAl,
                  fnd,mmd->getFileDef(),argList_p.get(),
                  input.checkCV,mmd->getLanguage());
            }
            if (match)
            {
              result.nd=fnd;
              result.md=mmd;
              found=TRUE;
              break;
            }
          }
        }
        if (!found && input.args=="()")
          // no exact match found, but if args="()" an arbitrary
          // member will do
        {
          for (const auto &mmd_p : *mn)
          {
            const MemberDef *mmd = mmd_p.get();
            if (mmd->getNamespaceDef()==fnd /*&& mmd->isLinkable() */ )
            {
              result.nd=fnd;
              result.md=mmd;
              found=TRUE;
              break;
            }
          }
        }
        if (found)
        {
          if (!result.md->isLinkable())
          {
            result.md=nullptr; // avoid returning things we cannot link to
            result.nd=nullptr;
            result.found=false; // match found but not linkable
            goto exit;
          }
          else
          {
            result.gd=result.md->resolveAlias()->getGroupDef();
            if (result.gd && result.gd->isLinkable()) result.nd=nullptr; else result.gd=nullptr;
            result.found = true;
            goto exit;
          }
        }
      }
      else
      {
        //printf("not a namespace\n");
        for (const auto &mmd_p : *mn)
        {
          const MemberDef *mmd = mmd_p.get();
          const MemberDef *tmd = mmd->getEnumScope();
          //printf("try member %s tmd=%s\n",qPrint(mmd->name()),tmd ? qPrint(tmd->name()) : "<none>");
          int ni=namespaceName.findRev("::");
          //printf("namespaceName=%s ni=%d\n",qPrint(namespaceName),ni);
          bool notInNS = tmd && ni==-1 && tmd->getNamespaceDef()==nullptr && (mScope.isEmpty() || mScope==tmd->name());
          bool sameNS  = tmd && ni>=0 && tmd->getNamespaceDef() && namespaceName.left(ni)==tmd->getNamespaceDef()->name() && namespaceName.mid(ni+2)==tmd->name();
          //printf("notInNS=%d sameNS=%d\n",notInNS,sameNS);
          if (tmd && tmd->isStrong() && // C++11 enum class
              (notInNS || sameNS) &&
              namespaceName.length()>0  // enum is part of namespace so this should not be empty
             )
          {
            result.md=mmd;
            result.fd=mmd->getFileDef();
            result.gd=mmd->getGroupDef();
            if (result.gd && result.gd->isLinkable()) result.fd=nullptr; else result.gd=nullptr;
            //printf("Found scoped enum %s fd=%p gd=%p\n",
            //    qPrint(mmd->name()),result.fd,result.gd);
            result.found = true;
            goto exit;
          }
        }
      }
      if (scopeOffset==0)
      {
        scopeOffset=-1;
      }
      else if ((scopeOffset=scopeName.findRev("::",scopeOffset-1))==-1)
      {
        scopeOffset=0;
      }
    } while (scopeOffset>=0);
 
    //else // no scope => global function
    {
      std::vector<const MemberDef *> members;
      // search for matches with strict static checking
      findMembersWithSpecificName(mn,input.args,true,input.currentFile,input.checkCV,members);
      if (members.empty()) // nothing found
      {
        // search again without strict static checking
        findMembersWithSpecificName(mn,input.args,false,input.currentFile,input.checkCV,members);
      }
      //printf("found %d members\n",members.count());
      if (members.size()!=1 && input.args=="()")
      {
        // no exact match found, but if args="()" an arbitrary
        // member will do
        //MemberNameIterator mni(*mn);
        //for (mni.toLast();(md=mni.current());--mni)
        for (auto it = mn->rbegin(); it!=mn->rend(); ++it)
        {
          const auto &mmd_p = *it;
          const MemberDef *mmd = mmd_p.get();
          //printf("Found member '%s'\n",qPrint(mmd->name()));
          //printf("member is linkable mmd->name()='%s'\n",qPrint(mmd->name()));
          result.fd = mmd->getFileDef();
          result.gd = mmd->getGroupDef();
          const MemberDef *tmd = mmd->getEnumScope();
          if (
              (result.gd && result.gd->isLinkable()) || (result.fd && result.fd->isLinkable()) ||
              (tmd && tmd->isStrong())
             )
          {
            members.push_back(mmd);
          }
        }
      }
      //printf("found %d candidate members\n",members.count());
      if (!members.empty()) // at least one match
      {
        if (input.currentFile)
        {
          //printf("multiple results; pick one from file:%s\n",qPrint( currentFile->name()));
          for (const auto &rmd : members)
          {
            if (rmd->getFileDef() && rmd->getFileDef()->name() == input.currentFile->name())
            {
              result.md = rmd;
              break; // found match in the current file
            }
          }
          if (!result.md) // member not in the current file
          {
            result.md = members.back();
          }
        }
        else
        {
          result.md = members.back();
        }
      }
      if (result.md && (result.md->getEnumScope()==nullptr || !result.md->getEnumScope()->isStrong()))
           // found a matching global member, that is not a scoped enum value (or uniquely matches)
      {
        result.fd = result.md->getFileDef();
        result.gd = result.md->getGroupDef();
        //printf("fd=%p gd=%p gd->isLinkable()=%d\n",fd,gd,gd->isLinkable());
        if (result.gd && result.gd->isLinkable()) result.fd=nullptr; else result.gd=nullptr;
        result.found = true;
        goto exit;
      }
    }
  }
 
exit:
  return result;
}

References GetDefInput::args, MemberDef::argumentList(), GetDefResult::cd, GetDefInput::checkCV, QCString::clear(), Cpp, GetDefInput::currentFile, MemberDef::enumFieldList(), FALSE, GetDefResult::fd, QCString::find(), findMembersWithSpecificName(), QCString::findRev(), GetDefInput::forceEmptyScope, found, GetDefResult::found, Doxygen::functionNameLinkedMap, GetDefResult::gd, MemberDef::getClassDef(), MemberDef::getEnumScope(), ClassDef::getFileDef(), MemberDef::getFileDef(), MemberDef::getGroupDef(), Definition::getLanguage(), MemberDef::getNamespaceDef(), Definition::getOuterScope(), SymbolResolver::getTypedef(), Doxygen::globalScope, QCString::isEmpty(), MemberDef::isEnumerate(), MemberDef::isForeign(), Definition::isLinkable(), MemberDef::isRelated(), MemberDef::isStrong(), MemberDef::isStrongEnumValue(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), Definition::localName(), matchArguments2(), maxInheritanceDepth, GetDefResult::md, GetDefInput::memberName, Doxygen::memberNameLinkedMap, QCString::mid(), minClassDistance(), Definition::name(), Doxygen::namespaceLinkedMap, GetDefResult::nd, MemberName::rbegin(), MemberName::rend(), MemberDef::resolveAlias(), SymbolResolver::resolveClass(), QCString::right(), rightScopeMatch(), GetDefInput::scopeName, QCString::startsWith(), stringToArgumentList(), stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope(), substitute(), and TRUE.

Referenced by getDefs().

◆ getDotImageExtension()

QCString getDotImageExtension ( )

Definition at line 6776 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString imgExt = Config_getEnumAsString(DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT);
  int i= imgExt.find(':'); // strip renderer part when using e.g. 'png:cairo:gd' as format
  return i==-1 ? imgExt : imgExt.left(i);
}

References Config_getEnumAsString, QCString::find(), and QCString::left().

◆ getEncoding()

QCString getEncoding ( const FileInfo & fi )

Definition at line 6164 of file util.cpp.

{
  InputFileEncoding elem;
  auto getter = [](const InputFileEncoding &e) { return e.pattern; };
  if (genericPatternMatch(fi,Doxygen::inputFileEncodingList,elem,getter)) // check for file specific encoding
  {
    return elem.encoding;
  }
  else // fall back to default encoding
  {
    return Config_getString(INPUT_ENCODING);
  }
}

References Config_getString, InputFileEncoding::encoding, genericPatternMatch(), and Doxygen::inputFileEncodingList.

Referenced by readCodeFragment(), and readInputFile().

◆ getFileFilter()

QCString getFileFilter	(	const QCString &	name,
		bool	isSourceCode )

looks for a filter for the file name. Returns the name of the filter if there is a match for the file name, otherwise an empty string. In case inSourceCode is TRUE then first the source filter list is considered.

Definition at line 1369 of file util.cpp.

{
  // sanity check
  if (name.isEmpty()) return "";
 
  const StringVector& filterSrcList = Config_getList(FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS);
  const StringVector& filterList    = Config_getList(FILTER_PATTERNS);
 
  QCString filterName;
  bool found=FALSE;
  if (isSourceCode && !filterSrcList.empty())
  { // first look for source filter pattern list
    filterName = getFilterFromList(name,filterSrcList,found);
  }
  if (!found && filterName.isEmpty())
  { // then look for filter pattern list
    filterName = getFilterFromList(name,filterList,found);
  }
  if (!found)
  { // then use the generic input filter
    return Config_getString(INPUT_FILTER);
  }
  else
  {
    /* remove surrounding double quotes */
    if (filterName.length()>=2 && filterName[0]=='"' && filterName[static_cast<int>(filterName.length())-1]=='"')
    {
       filterName = filterName.mid(1,filterName.length()-2);
    }
    return filterName;
  }
}

References Config_getList, Config_getString, FALSE, found, getFilterFromList(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::length(), and QCString::mid().

Referenced by FilterCache::getFileContents(), CodeFragmentManager::parseCodeFragment(), readCodeFragment(), readInputFile(), and FileDefImpl::writeSourceBody().

◆ getFileNameExtension()

QCString getFileNameExtension ( const QCString & fn )

Definition at line 5747 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (fn.isEmpty()) return "";
  int lastDot = fn.findRev('.');
  if (lastDot!=-1) return fn.mid(lastDot);
  return "";
}

References QCString::findRev(), QCString::isEmpty(), and QCString::mid().

Referenced by TooltipManager::addTooltip(), anonymous_namespace{tagreader.cpp}::TagFileParser::buildLists(), convertFileNameFortranParserCode(), generateExampleDocs(), FileDefImpl::isDocumentationFile(), DocbookDocVisitor::operator()(), HtmlDocVisitor::operator()(), LatexDocVisitor::operator()(), ManDocVisitor::operator()(), RTFDocVisitor::operator()(), XmlDocVisitor::operator()(), CodeFragmentManager::parseCodeFragment(), and MarkdownOutlineParser::parseInput().

◆ getFilterFromList()

static QCString getFilterFromList	(	const QCString &	name,
		const StringVector &	filterList,
		bool &	found )

static

Definition at line 1328 of file util.cpp.

{
  found=FALSE;
  // compare the file name to the filter pattern list
  for (const auto &filterStr : filterList)
  {
    QCString fs = filterStr.c_str();
    int i_equals=fs.find('=');
    if (i_equals!=-1)
    {
      QCString filterPattern = fs.left(i_equals);
      QCString input = name;
      if (!Portable::fileSystemIsCaseSensitive())
      {
        filterPattern = filterPattern.lower();
        input = input.lower();
      }
      reg::Ex re(filterPattern.str(),reg::Ex::Mode::Wildcard);
      if (re.isValid() && reg::match(input.str(),re))
      {
        // found a match!
        QCString filterName = fs.mid(i_equals+1);
        if (filterName.find(' ')!=-1)
        { // add quotes if the name has spaces
          filterName="\""+filterName+"\"";
        }
        found=TRUE;
        return filterName;
      }
    }
  }
 
  // no match
  return "";
}

References FALSE, Portable::fileSystemIsCaseSensitive(), QCString::find(), found, reg::Ex::isValid(), QCString::left(), QCString::lower(), reg::match(), QCString::mid(), QCString::str(), TRUE, and reg::Ex::Wildcard.

Referenced by getFileFilter().

◆ getLanguageFromCodeLang()

SrcLangExt getLanguageFromCodeLang ( QCString & fileName )

Routine to handle the language attribute of the \code command.

Definition at line 5723 of file util.cpp.

{
  // try the extension
  auto lang = getLanguageFromFileName(fileName, SrcLangExt::Unknown);
  if (lang == SrcLangExt::Unknown)
  {
    // try the language names
    QCString langName = fileName.lower();
    if (langName.at(0)=='.') langName = langName.mid(1);
    auto it = std::find_if(g_lang2extMap.begin(),g_lang2extMap.end(),
                        [&langName](const auto &info) { return info.langName==langName; });
    if (it != g_lang2extMap.end())
    {
      lang     = it->parserId;
      fileName = it->defExt;
    }
    else // default to C++
    {
      return SrcLangExt::Cpp;
    }
  }
  return lang;
}

References QCString::at(), Cpp, g_lang2extMap, getLanguageFromFileName(), QCString::lower(), QCString::mid(), and Unknown.

Referenced by DocbookDocVisitor::operator()(), HtmlDocVisitor::operator()(), LatexDocVisitor::operator()(), ManDocVisitor::operator()(), RTFDocVisitor::operator()(), and XmlDocVisitor::operator()().

◆ getLanguageFromFileName()

SrcLangExt getLanguageFromFileName	(	const QCString &	fileName,
		SrcLangExt	defLang )

Definition at line 5705 of file util.cpp.

{
  FileInfo fi(fileName.str());
  // we need only the part after the last ".", newer implementations of FileInfo have 'suffix()' for this.
  QCString extName = QCString(fi.extension(FALSE)).lower();
  if (extName.isEmpty()) extName=".no_extension";
  if (extName.at(0)!='.') extName.prepend(".");
  auto it = g_extLookup.find(extName.str());
  if (it!=g_extLookup.end()) // listed extension
  {
    //printf("getLanguageFromFileName(%s)=%x\n",qPrint(fi.extension()),*pVal);
    return it->second;
  }
  //printf("getLanguageFromFileName(%s) not found!\n",qPrint(fileName));
  return defLang; // not listed => assume C-ish language.
}

References QCString::at(), FileInfo::extension(), FALSE, g_extLookup, QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::lower(), QCString::prepend(), and QCString::str().

◆ getLanguageSpecificSeparator()

QCString getLanguageSpecificSeparator	(	SrcLangExt	lang,
		bool	classScope )

Returns the scope separator to use given the programming language lang.

Definition at line 6386 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (lang==SrcLangExt::Java || lang==SrcLangExt::CSharp || lang==SrcLangExt::VHDL || lang==SrcLangExt::Python)
  {
    return ".";
  }
  else if (lang==SrcLangExt::PHP && !classScope)
  {
    return "\\";
  }
  else
  {
    return "::";
  }
}

References CSharp, Java, PHP, Python, and VHDL.

Referenced by DefinitionImpl::_writeSourceRefList(), addGlobalFunction(), MemberDefImpl::addListReference(), addMethodToClass(), addVariableToFile(), MemberDefImpl::displayDefinition(), DefinitionAliasImpl::init(), linkToText(), makeDisplayName(), makeDisplayName(), makeQualifiedNameWithTemplateParameters(), ClassDefImpl::mergeMembersFromBaseClasses(), DefinitionImpl::qualifiedName(), MemberDefImpl::qualifiedName(), SearchIndex::setCurrentDoc(), validatingParseDoc(), MemberDefImpl::warnIfUndocumented(), writeAlphabeticalClassList(), MemberDefImpl::writeDeclaration(), writeDefArgumentList(), MemberDefImpl::writeDocumentation(), writeJavasScriptSearchDataPage(), MemberDefImpl::writeLink(), and writeMemberReference().

◆ getMemberFromSymbol()

static MemberDef * getMemberFromSymbol	(	const Definition *	scope,
		const FileDef *	fileScope,
		const QCString &	n )

static

Definition at line 5757 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (scope==nullptr ||
      (scope->definitionType()!=Definition::TypeClass &&
       scope->definitionType()!=Definition::TypeNamespace
      )
     )
  {
    scope=Doxygen::globalScope;
  }
 
  QCString name = n;
  if (name.isEmpty())
    return nullptr; // no name was given
 
  auto &range = Doxygen::symbolMap->find(name);
  if (range.empty())
    return nullptr; // could not find any matching symbols
 
  // mostly copied from getResolvedClassRec()
  QCString explicitScopePart;
  int qualifierIndex = computeQualifiedIndex(name);
  if (qualifierIndex!=-1)
  {
    explicitScopePart = name.left(qualifierIndex);
    replaceNamespaceAliases(explicitScopePart);
    name = name.mid(qualifierIndex+2);
  }
  //printf("explicitScopePart=%s\n",qPrint(explicitScopePart));
 
  int minDistance = 10000;
  MemberDef *bestMatch = nullptr;
 
  for (Definition *d : range)
  {
    if (d->definitionType()==Definition::TypeMember)
    {
      SymbolResolver resolver(fileScope);
      int distance = resolver.isAccessibleFromWithExpScope(scope,d,explicitScopePart);
      if (distance!=-1 && distance<minDistance)
      {
        minDistance = distance;
        bestMatch = toMemberDef(d);
        //printf("new best match %s distance=%d\n",qPrint(bestMatch->qualifiedName()),distance);
      }
    }
  }
  return bestMatch;
}

References computeQualifiedIndex(), Definition::definitionType(), Doxygen::globalScope, SymbolResolver::isAccessibleFromWithExpScope(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), QCString::mid(), replaceNamespaceAliases(), Doxygen::symbolMap, toMemberDef(), Definition::TypeClass, Definition::TypeMember, and Definition::TypeNamespace.

Referenced by checkIfTypedef().

◆ getOverloadDocs()

QCString getOverloadDocs ( )

Returns the standard string that is generated when the \overload command is used.

Definition at line 4586 of file util.cpp.

{
  return theTranslator->trOverloadText();
  //"This is an overloaded member function, "
  //       "provided for convenience. It differs from the above "
  //       "function only in what argument(s) it accepts.";
}

References theTranslator.

Referenced by addMemberDocs(), addOverloaded(), and CommentScanner::parseCommentBlock().

◆ getPrefixIndex()

int getPrefixIndex ( const QCString & name )

Returns the character index within name of the first prefix in Config_getList(IGNORE_PREFIX) that matches name at the left hand side, or zero if no match was found

Definition at line 3736 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (name.isEmpty()) return 0;
  const StringVector &sl = Config_getList(IGNORE_PREFIX);
  for (const auto &s : sl)
  {
    const char *ps=s.c_str();
    const char *pd=name.data();
    int i=0;
    while (*ps!=0 && *pd!=0 && *ps==*pd) ps++,pd++,i++;
    if (*ps==0 && *pd!=0)
    {
      return i;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

References Config_getList, QCString::data(), and QCString::isEmpty().

Referenced by Index::addClassMemberNameToIndex(), Index::addFileMemberNameToIndex(), Index::addModuleMemberNameToIndex(), Index::addNamespaceMemberNameToIndex(), SearchIndex::addWordRec(), parseInput(), writeAlphabeticalClassList(), and writeMemberList().

◆ getProjectId()

QCString getProjectId ( )

Definition at line 7298 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString projectCookie = Config_getString(HTML_PROJECT_COOKIE);
  if (projectCookie.isEmpty()) return QCString();
  uint8_t md5_sig[16];
  char sigStr[34];
  MD5Buffer(projectCookie.data(),static_cast<unsigned int>(projectCookie.length()),md5_sig);
  MD5SigToString(md5_sig,sigStr);
  sigStr[32]='_'; sigStr[33]=0;
  return sigStr;
}

References Config_getString, QCString::data(), QCString::isEmpty(), and QCString::length().

Referenced by generateJSNavTree(), HtmlGenerator::init(), and writeJavaScriptSearchIndex().

◆ getScopeDefs()

static bool getScopeDefs	(	const QCString &	docScope,
		const QCString &	scope,
		ClassDef *&	cd,
		ConceptDef *&	cnd,
		NamespaceDef *&	nd,
		ModuleDef *&	modd )

static

Searches for a scope definition given its name as a string via parameter scope.

The parameter docScope is a string representing the name of the scope in which the scope string was found.

The function returns TRUE if the scope is known and documented or FALSE if it is not. If TRUE is returned exactly one of the parameter cd, nd will be non-zero:

if cd is non zero, the scope was a class pointed to by cd.
if nd is non zero, the scope was a namespace pointed to by nd.

Definition at line 2890 of file util.cpp.

{
  cd=nullptr;
  cnd=nullptr;
  nd=nullptr;
  modd=nullptr;
 
  QCString scopeName=scope;
  //printf("getScopeDefs: docScope='%s' scope='%s'\n",qPrint(docScope),qPrint(scope));
  if (scopeName.isEmpty()) return FALSE;
 
  bool explicitGlobalScope=FALSE;
  if (scopeName.at(0)==':' && scopeName.at(1)==':')
  {
    scopeName=scopeName.right(scopeName.length()-2);
    explicitGlobalScope=TRUE;
  }
  if (scopeName.isEmpty())
  {
    return FALSE;
  }
 
  QCString docScopeName=docScope;
  int scopeOffset=explicitGlobalScope ? 0 : static_cast<int>(docScopeName.length());
 
  do // for each possible docScope (from largest to and including empty)
  {
    QCString fullName=scopeName;
    if (scopeOffset>0) fullName.prepend(docScopeName.left(scopeOffset)+"::");
 
    if (((cd=getClass(fullName)) ||         // normal class
         (cd=getClass(fullName+"-p"))       // ObjC protocol
        ) && cd->isLinkable())
    {
      return TRUE; // class link written => quit
    }
    else if ((nd=Doxygen::namespaceLinkedMap->find(fullName)) && nd->isLinkable())
    {
      return TRUE; // namespace link written => quit
    }
    else if ((cnd=Doxygen::conceptLinkedMap->find(fullName)) && cnd->isLinkable())
    {
      return TRUE; // concept link written => quit
    }
    else if ((modd=ModuleManager::instance().modules().find(fullName)) && modd->isLinkable())
    {
      return TRUE; // module link written => quit
    }
    if (scopeOffset==0)
    {
      scopeOffset=-1;
    }
    else if ((scopeOffset=docScopeName.findRev("::",scopeOffset-1))==-1)
    {
      scopeOffset=0;
    }
  } while (scopeOffset>=0);
 
  return FALSE;
}

References QCString::at(), Doxygen::conceptLinkedMap, FALSE, QCString::findRev(), getClass(), ModuleManager::instance(), QCString::isEmpty(), Definition::isLinkable(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), Doxygen::namespaceLinkedMap, QCString::prepend(), QCString::right(), and TRUE.

Referenced by resolveRef().

◆ getScopeFragment()

int getScopeFragment	(	const QCString &	s,
		int	p,
		int *	l )

Returns a fragment from scope s, starting at position p.

Parameters

s	the scope name as a string.
p	the start position (0 is the first).
l	the resulting length of the fragment.

Returns: the location of the fragment, or -1 if non is found.

Definition at line 5125 of file util.cpp.

{
  int sl=static_cast<int>(s.length());
  int sp=p;
  int count=0;
  bool done=false;
  if (sp>=sl) return -1;
  while (sp<sl)
  {
    char c=s.at(sp);
    if (c==':') sp++,p++; else break;
  }
  while (sp<sl)
  {
    char c=s.at(sp);
    switch (c)
    {
      case ':': // found next part
        goto found;
      case '<': // skip template specifier
        count=1;sp++;
        done=false;
        while (sp<sl && !done)
        {
          // TODO: deal with << and >> operators!
          c=s.at(sp++);
          switch(c)
          {
            case '<': count++; break;
            case '>': count--; if (count==0) done=true; break;
            default: break;
          }
        }
        break;
      default:
        sp++;
        break;
    }
  }
found:
  *l=sp-p;
  //printf("getScopeFragment(%s,%d)=%s\n",qPrint(s),p,qPrint(s.mid(p,*l)));
  return p;
}

References QCString::at(), found, and QCString::length().

Referenced by buildScopeFromQualifiedName(), findScopeFromQualifiedName(), SymbolResolver::Private::followPath(), resolveTypeDef(), and stripAnonymousNamespaceScope().

◆ guessSection()

EntryType guessSection ( const QCString & name )

try to determine if name is a source or a header file name by looking at the extension. A number of variations is allowed in both upper and lower case) If anyone knows or uses another extension please let me know :-)

Definition at line 349 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString n=name.lower();
  static const std::unordered_set<std::string> sourceExt = {
     "c","cc","cxx","cpp","c++","cppm","ccm","cxxm","c++m",   // C/C++
     "java",                       // Java
     "cs",                         // C#
     "m","mm",                     // Objective-C
     "ii","ixx","ipp","i++","inl", // C/C++ inline
     "xml","lex","sql"             // others
  };
  static const std::unordered_set<std::string> headerExt = {
     "h", "hh", "hxx", "hpp", "h++", "ixx", // C/C++ header
     "idl", "ddl", "pidl", "ice"    // IDL like
  };
  int lastDot = n.findRev('.');
  if (lastDot!=-1)
  {
    QCString extension = n.mid(lastDot+1); // part after the last dot
    if (sourceExt.find(extension.str())!=sourceExt.end())
    {
      return EntryType::makeSource();
    }
    if (headerExt.find(extension.str())!=headerExt.end())
    {
      return EntryType::makeHeader();
    }
  }
  else
  {
    if (getLanguageFromFileName(name,SrcLangExt::Unknown) == SrcLangExt::Cpp) return EntryType::makeHeader();
  }
  return EntryType::makeEmpty();
}

References Cpp, QCString::findRev(), getLanguageFromFileName(), QCString::lower(), QCString::mid(), QCString::str(), and Unknown.

Referenced by addIncludeFile(), anonymous_namespace{tagreader.cpp}::TagFileParser::buildLists(), ClassDefImpl::ClassDefImpl(), computeClassRelations(), FileDefImpl::FileDefImpl(), FileDefImpl::generateSourceFile(), parseMain(), parseMain(), Preprocessor::processFile(), setFileName(), and warnUndocumentedNamespaces().

◆ if() [1/2]

if ( ! insideString )

Definition at line 985 of file util.cpp.

    {
      const ClassDef     *cd=nullptr;
      const ConceptDef   *cnd=nullptr;
      //printf("** Match word '%s'\n",qPrint(matchWord));
 
      SymbolResolver resolver(fileScope);
      cd=resolver.resolveClass(scope,matchWord);
      const MemberDef *typeDef = resolver.getTypedef();
      if (typeDef) // First look at typedef then class, see bug 584184.
      {
        if (external ? typeDef->isLinkable() : typeDef->isLinkableInProject())
        {
          if (typeDef->getOuterScope()!=self)
          {
            //printf("Found typedef %s word='%s'\n",qPrint(typeDef->name()),qPrint(word));
            out.writeLink(typeDef->getReference(),
                typeDef->getOutputFileBase(),
                typeDef->anchor(),
                word);
            found=TRUE;
          }
        }
      }
      auto writeCompoundName = [&](const auto *cd_) {
        if (external ? cd_->isLinkable() : cd_->isLinkableInProject())
        {
          if (self==nullptr || cd_->qualifiedName()!=self->qualifiedName())
          {
            //printf("Found compound %s word='%s'\n",qPrint(cd->name()),qPrint(word));
            out.writeLink(cd_->getReference(),cd_->getOutputFileBase(),cd_->anchor(),word);
            found=TRUE;
          }
        }
      };
      if (!found && (cd || (cd=getClass(matchWord))))
      {
        writeCompoundName(cd);
      }
      else if ((cd=getClass(matchWord+"-p"))) // search for Obj-C protocols as well
      {
        writeCompoundName(cd);
      }
      else if ((cnd=getConcept(matchWord))) // search for concepts
      {
        writeCompoundName(cnd);
      }
      else
      {
        //printf("   -> nothing\n");
      }
 
      int m = matchWord.findRev("::");
      QCString scopeName;
      if (scope &&
          (scope->definitionType()==Definition::TypeClass ||
           scope->definitionType()==Definition::TypeNamespace
          )
         )
      {
        scopeName=scope->name();
      }
      else if (m!=-1)
      {
        scopeName = matchWord.left(m);
        matchWord = matchWord.mid(m+2);
      }
 
      //printf("ScopeName=%s\n",qPrint(scopeName));
      //if (!found) printf("Trying to link '%s' in '%s'\n",qPrint(word),qPrint(scopeName));
      if (!found)
      {
        GetDefInput input(scopeName,matchWord,QCString());
        GetDefResult result = getDefs(input);
        if (result.found && result.md &&
            (external ? result.md->isLinkable() : result.md->isLinkableInProject())
           )
        {
          //printf("Found ref scope=%s\n",d ? qPrint(d->name()) : "<global>");
          //ol.writeObjectLink(d->getReference(),d->getOutputFileBase(),
          //                       md->anchor(),word);
          if (result.md!=self && (self==nullptr || result.md->name()!=self->name()))
            // name check is needed for overloaded members, where getDefs just returns one
          {
            /* in case of Fortran scope and the variable is a non Fortran variable: don't link,
             * see also getLink in fortrancode.l
             */
            if (!(scope &&
                 (scope->getLanguage() == SrcLangExt::Fortran) &&
                 result.md->isVariable() &&
                 (result.md->getLanguage() != SrcLangExt::Fortran)
                )
               )
            {
              //printf("found symbol %s word='%s'\n",qPrint(result.md->name()),qPrint(word));
              out.writeLink(result.md->getReference(),result.md->getOutputFileBase(),
                  result.md->anchor(),word);
              found=TRUE;
            }
          }
        }
      }
    }

References Definition::anchor(), Definition::definitionType(), Fortran, found, GetDefResult::found, getClass(), getConcept(), getDefs(), Definition::getLanguage(), Definition::getOuterScope(), Definition::getOutputFileBase(), Definition::getReference(), SymbolResolver::getTypedef(), Definition::isLinkable(), Definition::isLinkableInProject(), MemberDef::isVariable(), matchWord, GetDefResult::md, Definition::name(), Definition::qualifiedName(), SymbolResolver::resolveClass(), TRUE, Definition::TypeClass, Definition::TypeNamespace, word, and TextGeneratorIntf::writeLink().

◆ if() [2/2]

if	(	strLen	,
		35 &&	floatingIndex,
		30 &&	autoBreak )

Definition at line 949 of file util.cpp.

    {
      std::string_view splitText = txtStr.substr(skipIndex,newIndex-skipIndex);
      size_t splitLength = splitText.length();
      size_t offset=1;
      size_t i = splitText.find(',');
      if (i==std::string::npos) { i=splitText.find('<'); if (i!=std::string::npos) offset=0; }
      if (i==std::string::npos) i=splitText.find('>');
      if (i==std::string::npos) i=splitText.find(' ');
      //printf("splitText=[%s] len=%d i=%d offset=%d\n",qPrint(splitText),splitLength,i,offset);
      if (i!=std::string::npos) // add a link-break at i in case of Html output
      {
        std::string_view part1 = splitText.substr(0,i+offset);
        out.writeString(part1,keepSpaces);
        out.writeBreak(indentLevel==0 ? 0 : indentLevel+1);
        std::string_view part2 = splitText.substr(i+offset);
        out.writeString(part2,keepSpaces);
        floatingIndex=splitLength-i-offset+matchLen;
      }
      else
      {
        out.writeString(splitText,keepSpaces);
      }
    }

References skipIndex, TextGeneratorIntf::writeBreak(), and TextGeneratorIntf::writeString().

Referenced by DocLink::DocLink().

◆ initDefaultExtensionMapping()

void initDefaultExtensionMapping ( )

Definition at line 5632 of file util.cpp.

{
  // NOTE: when adding an extension, also add the extension in config.xml
  //                  extension      parser id
  updateLanguageMapping(".dox",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".txt",      "c"); // see bug 760836
  updateLanguageMapping(".doc",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".c",        "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".C",        "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".cc",       "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".CC",       "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".cxx",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".cpp",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".c++",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".cxxm",     "c"); // C++20 modules
  updateLanguageMapping(".cppm",     "c"); // C++20 modules
  updateLanguageMapping(".ccm",      "c"); // C++20 modules
  updateLanguageMapping(".c++m",     "c"); // C++20 modules
  updateLanguageMapping(".ii",       "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".ixx",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".ipp",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".i++",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".inl",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".h",        "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".H",        "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".hh",       "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".HH",       "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".hxx",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".hpp",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".h++",      "c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".idl",      "idl");
  updateLanguageMapping(".ddl",      "idl");
  updateLanguageMapping(".odl",      "idl");
  updateLanguageMapping(".java",     "java");
  //updateLanguageMapping(".as",       "javascript"); // not officially supported
  //updateLanguageMapping(".js",       "javascript"); // not officially supported
  updateLanguageMapping(".cs",       "csharp");
  updateLanguageMapping(".d",        "d");
  updateLanguageMapping(".php",      "php");
  updateLanguageMapping(".php4",     "php");
  updateLanguageMapping(".php5",     "php");
  updateLanguageMapping(".inc",      "php");
  updateLanguageMapping(".phtml",    "php");
  updateLanguageMapping(".m",        "objective-c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".M",        "objective-c");
  updateLanguageMapping(".mm",       "c");  // see bug746361
  updateLanguageMapping(".py",       "python");
  updateLanguageMapping(".pyw",      "python");
  updateLanguageMapping(".f",        "fortran");
  updateLanguageMapping(".for",      "fortran");
  updateLanguageMapping(".f90",      "fortran");
  updateLanguageMapping(".f95",      "fortran");
  updateLanguageMapping(".f03",      "fortran");
  updateLanguageMapping(".f08",      "fortran");
  updateLanguageMapping(".f18",      "fortran");
  updateLanguageMapping(".vhd",      "vhdl");
  updateLanguageMapping(".vhdl",     "vhdl");
  updateLanguageMapping(".ucf",      "vhdl");
  updateLanguageMapping(".qsf",      "vhdl");
  updateLanguageMapping(".md",       "md");
  updateLanguageMapping(".markdown", "md");
  updateLanguageMapping(".ice",      "slice");
  updateLanguageMapping(".l",        "lex");
  updateLanguageMapping(".doxygen_lex_c", "c"); // this is a placeholder so we can map initializations
                                                // in the lex scanning to cpp
}

References updateLanguageMapping().

Referenced by initDoxygen().

◆ inlineArgListToDoc()

QCString inlineArgListToDoc ( const ArgumentList & al )

Definition at line 1156 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString paramDocs;
  if (al.hasDocumentation())
  {
    for (const Argument &a : al)
    {
      if (a.hasDocumentation())
      {
        QCString docsWithoutDir = a.docs;
        QCString direction = extractDirection(docsWithoutDir);
        paramDocs+=" \\ilinebr @param"+direction+" "+a.name+" "+docsWithoutDir;
      }
    }
  }
  return paramDocs;
}

References extractDirection(), and ArgumentList::hasDocumentation().

Referenced by DocParser::processCopyDoc(), and MemberDefImpl::writeDocumentation().

◆ inlineTemplateArgListToDoc()

QCString inlineTemplateArgListToDoc ( const ArgumentList & al )

Definition at line 1174 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString paramDocs;
  if (al.hasTemplateDocumentation())
  {
    for (const Argument &a : al)
    {
      if (!a.docs.isEmpty())
      {
        if (!a.name.isEmpty())
        {
          paramDocs+=" \\ilinebr @tparam "+a.name+" "+a.docs;
        }
        else if (!a.type.isEmpty())
        {
          QCString type = a.type;
          type.stripPrefix("class ");
          type.stripPrefix("typename ");
          type = type.stripWhiteSpace();
          paramDocs+=" \\ilinebr @tparam "+type+" "+a.docs;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  return paramDocs;
}

References ArgumentList::hasTemplateDocumentation(), QCString::stripPrefix(), and QCString::stripWhiteSpace().

Referenced by ClassDefImpl::writeDetailedDocumentationBody(), and MemberDefImpl::writeDocumentation().

◆ insertTemplateSpecifierInScope()

QCString insertTemplateSpecifierInScope	(	const QCString &	scope,
		const QCString &	templ )

Definition at line 4246 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result=scope;
  if (!templ.isEmpty() && scope.find('<')==-1)
  {
    int si=0, pi=0;
    ClassDef *cd=nullptr;
    while (
        (si=scope.find("::",pi))!=-1 && !getClass(scope.left(si)+templ) &&
        ((cd=getClass(scope.left(si)))==nullptr || cd->templateArguments().empty())
        )
    {
      //printf("Tried '%s'\n",qPrint((scope.left(si)+templ)));
      pi=si+2;
    }
    if (si==-1) // not nested => append template specifier
    {
      result+=templ;
    }
    else // nested => insert template specifier before after first class name
    {
      result=scope.left(si) + templ + scope.right(scope.length()-si);
    }
  }
  //printf("insertTemplateSpecifierInScope('%s','%s')=%s\n",
  //    qPrint(scope),qPrint(templ),qPrint(result));
  return result;
}

References ArgumentList::empty(), QCString::find(), getClass(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), QCString::right(), and ClassDef::templateArguments().

Referenced by DotClassGraph::addClass(), generateXMLForClass(), DiagramItem::label(), ClassDefImpl::writeInheritanceGraph(), and ClassDefImpl::writeTagFile().

◆ integerToAlpha()

QCString integerToAlpha	(	int	n,
		bool	upper )

Definition at line 7169 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result;
  int residual = n;
 
  char modVal[2];
  modVal[1] = 0;
  while (residual > 0)
  {
    modVal[0] = (upper ? 'A': 'a') + (residual-1)%26;
    result = modVal + result;
    residual = (residual-1) / 26;
  }
  return result;
}

Referenced by ManDocVisitor::operator()(), and RTFDocVisitor::operator()().

◆ integerToRoman()

QCString integerToRoman	(	int	n,
		bool	upper )

Definition at line 7185 of file util.cpp.

{
  static const char *str_romans_upper[] = {  "M", "CM", "D", "CD", "C", "XC", "L", "XL", "X", "IX", "V", "IV", "I" };
  static const char *str_romans_lower[] = {  "m", "cm", "d", "cd", "c", "xc", "l", "xl", "x", "ix", "v", "iv", "i" };
  static const int values[]             = { 1000,  900, 500,  400, 100,   90,  50,   40,  10,    9,   5,    4,   1 };
  static const char **str_romans = upper ? str_romans_upper : str_romans_lower;
 
  QCString result;
  int residual = n;
 
  for (int i = 0; i < 13; ++i)
  {
    while (residual - values[i] >= 0)
    {
      result += str_romans[i];
      residual -= values[i];
    }
  }
 
  return result;
}

Referenced by LatexDocVisitor::operator()(), ManDocVisitor::operator()(), and RTFDocVisitor::operator()().

◆ isLowerCase()

static bool isLowerCase ( QCString & s )

static

Definition at line 2952 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return true;
  const char *p=s.data();
  int c=0;
  while ((c=static_cast<uint8_t>(*p++))) if (!islower(c)) return false;
  return true;
}

References QCString::data(), and QCString::isEmpty().

Referenced by resolveRef().

◆ isURL()

bool isURL ( const QCString & url )

Checks whether the given url starts with a supported protocol.

Definition at line 6402 of file util.cpp.

{
  static const std::unordered_set<std::string> schemes = {
    "http", "https", "ftp", "ftps", "sftp", "file", "news", "irc", "ircs"
  };
  QCString loc_url = url.stripWhiteSpace();
  int colonPos = loc_url.find(':');
  return colonPos!=-1 && schemes.find(loc_url.left(colonPos).str())!=schemes.end();
}

References QCString::find(), QCString::left(), QCString::str(), and QCString::stripWhiteSpace().

Referenced by correctURL(), Markdown::Private::processLink(), and renderQuickLinksAsJs().

◆ join()

std::string join	(	const StringVector &	sv,
		const std::string &	delimiter )

create a string where the string in the vector are joined by the given delimiter

Definition at line 7156 of file util.cpp.

{
  std::string result;
  bool first=true;
  for (const auto &s : sv)
  {
    if (!first) result+=delimiter;
    first=false;
    result+=s;
  }
  return result;
}

Referenced by handleAnchor(), handleFormatBlock(), and handleImage().

◆ keyWordsFortranC()

static bool keyWordsFortranC ( const char * contents )

static

Definition at line 6810 of file util.cpp.

{
  static const std::unordered_set<std::string> fortran_C_keywords = {
    "character", "call", "close", "common", "continue",
    "case", "contains", "cycle", "class", "codimension",
    "concurrent", "contiguous", "critical"
  };
 
  if (*contents != 'c' && *contents != 'C') return false;
 
  const char *c = contents;
  QCString keyword;
  while (*c && *c != ' ') {keyword += *c; c++;}
  keyword = keyword.lower();
 
  return (fortran_C_keywords.find(keyword.str()) != fortran_C_keywords.end());
}

References QCString::lower(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by recognizeFixedForm().

◆ langToString()

QCString langToString ( SrcLangExt lang )

Returns a string representation of lang.

Definition at line 6360 of file util.cpp.

{
  switch(lang)
  {
    case SrcLangExt::Unknown:  return "Unknown";
    case SrcLangExt::IDL:      return "IDL";
    case SrcLangExt::Java:     return "Java";
    case SrcLangExt::CSharp:   return "C#";
    case SrcLangExt::D:        return "D";
    case SrcLangExt::PHP:      return "PHP";
    case SrcLangExt::ObjC:     return "Objective-C";
    case SrcLangExt::Cpp:      return "C++";
    case SrcLangExt::JS:       return "JavaScript";
    case SrcLangExt::Python:   return "Python";
    case SrcLangExt::Fortran:  return "Fortran";
    case SrcLangExt::VHDL:     return "VHDL";
    case SrcLangExt::XML:      return "XML";
    case SrcLangExt::SQL:      return "SQL";
    case SrcLangExt::Markdown: return "Markdown";
    case SrcLangExt::Slice:    return "Slice";
    case SrcLangExt::Lex:      return "Lex";
  }
  return "Unknown";
}

References Cpp, CSharp, D, Fortran, IDL, Java, JS, Lex, Markdown, ObjC, PHP, Python, Slice, SQL, Unknown, VHDL, and XML.

Referenced by buildNamespaceList(), findUsingDirectives(), generateXMLForClass(), generateXMLForFile(), and generateXMLForNamespace().

◆ leftScopeMatch()

bool leftScopeMatch	(	const QCString &	scope,
		const QCString &	name )

Definition at line 892 of file util.cpp.

{
  size_t sl=scope.length();
  size_t nl=name.length();
  return (name==scope || // equal
          (name.left(sl)==scope && // substring
           nl>sl+1 && name.at(sl)==':' && name.at(sl+1)==':' // scope
          )
         );
}

References QCString::at(), QCString::left(), and QCString::length().

Referenced by addClassToContext(), addConceptToContext(), buildFunctionList(), mergeScopes(), pushScope(), and resolveRef().

◆ lineBlock()

int lineBlock	(	const QCString &	text,
		const QCString &	marker )

Returns the line number of the line following the line with the marker.

See also: routine extractBlock

Definition at line 6339 of file util.cpp.

{
  int result = 1;
 
  // find the character positions of the first marker
  int m1 = text.find(marker);
  if (m1==-1) return result;
 
  // find start line positions for the markers
  bool found=false;
  int p=0, i=0;
  while (!found && (i=text.find('\n',p))!=-1)
  {
    found = (p<=m1 && m1<i); // found the line with the start marker
    p=i+1;
    result++;
  }
  return result;
}

References QCString::find(), and found.

Referenced by readIncludeFile().

◆ linkifyText()

void linkifyText	(	const TextGeneratorIntf &	out,
		const Definition *	scope,
		const FileDef *	fileScope,
		const Definition *	self,
		const QCString &	text,
		bool	autoBreak,
		bool	external,
		bool	keepSpaces,
		int	indentLevel )

Definition at line 904 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (text.isEmpty()) return;
  //printf("linkify='%s'\n",qPrint(text));
  std::string_view txtStr=text.view();
  size_t strLen = txtStr.length();
  if (strLen==0) return;
 
  static const reg::Ex regExp(R"((::)?\a[\w~!\\.:$"]*)");
  reg::Iterator it(txtStr,regExp);
  reg::Iterator end;
 
  //printf("linkifyText scope=%s fileScope=%s strtxt=%s strlen=%zu external=%d\n",
  //    scope ? qPrint(scope->name()):"<none>",
  //    fileScope ? qPrint(fileScope->name()) : "<none>",
  //    qPrint(txtStr),strLen,external);
  size_t index=0;
  size_t skipIndex=0;
  size_t floatingIndex=0;
  for (; it!=end ; ++it) // for each word from the text string
  {
    const auto &match = *it;
    size_t newIndex = match.position();
    size_t matchLen = match.length();
    floatingIndex+=newIndex-skipIndex+matchLen;
    if (newIndex>0 && txtStr.at(newIndex-1)=='0') // ignore hex numbers (match x00 in 0x00)
    {
      std::string_view part = txtStr.substr(skipIndex,newIndex+matchLen-skipIndex);
      out.writeString(part,keepSpaces);
      skipIndex=index=newIndex+matchLen;
      continue;
    }
 
    // add non-word part to the result
    bool insideString=FALSE;
    for (size_t i=index;i<newIndex;i++)
    {
      if (txtStr.at(i)=='"') insideString=!insideString;
      if (txtStr.at(i)=='\\') i++; // skip next character it is escaped
    }

References end(), FALSE, QCString::isEmpty(), skipIndex, QCString::view(), and TextGeneratorIntf::writeString().

Referenced by MemberDefImpl::_writeTemplatePrefix(), generateSqlite3ForMember(), generateXMLForClass(), generateXMLForConcept(), generateXMLForMember(), insertMemberFunctionParams(), MemberDefImpl::writeDeclaration(), writeDefArgumentList(), MemberDefImpl::writeDocumentation(), writeExceptionListImpl(), MemberDefImpl::writeMemberDocSimple(), writeTemplateArgumentList(), ClassDefImpl::writeTemplateSpec(), and writeTypeConstraints().

◆ linkToText()

QCString linkToText	(	SrcLangExt	lang,
		const QCString &	link,
		bool	isFileName )

Definition at line 3219 of file util.cpp.

{
  //bool optimizeOutputJava = Config_getBool(OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA);
  QCString result=link;
  if (!result.isEmpty())
  {
    // replace # by ::
    result=substitute(result,"#","::");
    // replace . by ::
    if (!isFileName && result.find('<')==-1) result=substitute(result,".","::",3);
    // strip leading :: prefix if present
    if (result.at(0)==':' && result.at(1)==':')
    {
      result=result.right(result.length()-2);
    }
    QCString sep = getLanguageSpecificSeparator(lang);
    if (sep!="::")
    {
      result=substitute(result,"::",sep);
    }
  }
  //printf("linkToText(%s,lang=%d)=%s\n",qPrint(link),lang,qPrint(result));
  return result;
}

References QCString::at(), QCString::find(), getLanguageSpecificSeparator(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::length(), QCString::right(), and substitute().

Referenced by DotCallGraph::buildGraph(), DocRef::DocRef(), DotCallGraph::DotCallGraph(), and DocParser::handleLinkedWord().

◆ mainPageHasTitle()

bool mainPageHasTitle ( )

Definition at line 6771 of file util.cpp.

{
  return Doxygen::mainPage!=nullptr && Doxygen::mainPage->hasTitle();
}

References Doxygen::mainPage.

Referenced by generateJSNavTree(), generateSqlite3ForPage(), generateXMLForPage(), mainPageHasOwnTitle(), and writeIndex().

◆ mangleCSharpGenericName()

QCString mangleCSharpGenericName ( const QCString & name )

Definition at line 7400 of file util.cpp.

{
  int idx = name.find('<');
  if (idx!=-1)
  {
    return name.left(idx)+"-"+QCString().setNum(name.contains(",")+1)+"-g";
  }
  return name;
}

References QCString::contains(), QCString::find(), QCString::left(), and QCString::setNum().

Referenced by addClassToContext(), addEnumValuesToEnums(), addVariable(), buildFunctionList(), extractClassName(), findClassRelation(), findEnums(), SymbolResolver::resolveClass(), resolveLink(), and resolveRef().

◆ matchArgument2()

static bool matchArgument2	(	const Definition *	srcScope,
		const FileDef *	srcFileScope,
		Argument &	srcA,
		const Definition *	dstScope,
		const FileDef *	dstFileScope,
		Argument &	dstA,
		SrcLangExt	lang )

static

Definition at line 1892 of file util.cpp.

{
  AUTO_TRACE("src: scope={} type={} name={} canType={}, dst: scope={} type={} name={} canType={}",
      srcScope?srcScope->name():"",srcA.type,srcA.name,srcA.canType,
      dstScope?dstScope->name():"",dstA.type,dstA.name,dstA.canType);
  //printf(">> match argument: %s::'%s|%s' (%s) <-> %s::'%s|%s' (%s)\n",
  //    srcScope ? qPrint(srcScope->name()) : "",
  //    qPrint(srcA.type), qPrint(srcA.name), qPrint(srcA.canType),
  //    dstScope ? qPrint(dstScope->name()) : "",
  //    qPrint(dstA.type), qPrint(dstA.name), qPrint(dstA.canType));
 
  QCString sSrcName = " "+srcA.name;
  QCString sDstName = " "+dstA.name;
  QCString srcType  = srcA.type;
  QCString dstType  = dstA.type;
  stripIrrelevantConstVolatile(srcType);
  stripIrrelevantConstVolatile(dstType);
  //printf("'%s'<->'%s'\n",qPrint(sSrcName),qPrint(dstType.right(sSrcName.length())));
  //printf("'%s'<->'%s'\n",qPrint(sDstName),qPrint(srcType.right(sDstName.length())));
  if (sSrcName==dstType.right(sSrcName.length()))
  { // case "unsigned int" <-> "unsigned int i"
    srcA.type+=sSrcName;
    srcA.name="";
    srcA.canType=""; // invalidate cached type value
  }
  else if (sDstName==srcType.right(sDstName.length()))
  { // case "unsigned int i" <-> "unsigned int"
    dstA.type+=sDstName;
    dstA.name="";
    dstA.canType=""; // invalidate cached type value
  }
 
  {
    std::lock_guard lock(g_matchArgsMutex);
    if (srcA.canType.isEmpty() || dstA.canType.isEmpty())
    {
      // need to re-evaluate both see issue #8370
      srcA.canType = extractCanonicalArgType(srcScope,srcFileScope,srcA,lang);
      dstA.canType = extractCanonicalArgType(dstScope,dstFileScope,dstA,lang);
    }
  }
 
  if (matchCanonicalTypes(srcScope,srcFileScope,srcA.canType,
                          dstScope,dstFileScope,dstA.canType,
                          lang))
  {
    MATCH
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("true");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else
  {
    //printf("   Canonical types do not match [%s]<->[%s]\n",
    //    qPrint(srcA->canType),qPrint(dstA->canType));
    NOMATCH
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("false");
    return FALSE;
  }
}

References AUTO_TRACE, AUTO_TRACE_EXIT, Argument::canType, extractCanonicalArgType(), FALSE, g_matchArgsMutex, QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::length(), MATCH, matchCanonicalTypes(), Argument::name, Definition::name(), NOMATCH, QCString::right(), stripIrrelevantConstVolatile(), TRUE, and Argument::type.

Referenced by matchArguments2().

◆ matchArguments2()

bool matchArguments2	(	const Definition *	srcScope,
		const FileDef *	srcFileScope,
		const ArgumentList *	srcAl,
		const Definition *	dstScope,
		const FileDef *	dstFileScope,
		const ArgumentList *	dstAl,
		bool	checkCV,
		SrcLangExt	lang )

Definition at line 1958 of file util.cpp.

{
  ASSERT(srcScope!=nullptr && dstScope!=nullptr);
 
  AUTO_TRACE("srcScope='{}' dstScope='{}' srcArgs='{}' dstArgs='{}' checkCV={} lang={}",
      srcScope->name(),dstScope->name(),srcAl?argListToString(*srcAl):"",dstAl?argListToString(*dstAl):"",checkCV,lang);
 
  if (srcAl==nullptr || dstAl==nullptr)
  {
    bool match = srcAl==dstAl;
    if (match)
    {
      MATCH
      return TRUE;
    }
    else
    {
      NOMATCH
      return FALSE;
    }
  }
 
  // handle special case with void argument
  if ( srcAl->empty() && dstAl->size()==1 && dstAl->front().type=="void" )
  { // special case for finding match between func() and func(void)
    Argument a;
    a.type = "void";
    const_cast<ArgumentList*>(srcAl)->push_back(a);
    MATCH
    return TRUE;
  }
  if ( dstAl->empty() && srcAl->size()==1 && srcAl->front().type=="void" )
  { // special case for finding match between func(void) and func()
    Argument a;
    a.type = "void";
    const_cast<ArgumentList*>(dstAl)->push_back(a);
    MATCH
    return TRUE;
  }
 
  if (srcAl->size() != dstAl->size())
  {
    NOMATCH
    return FALSE; // different number of arguments -> no match
  }
 
  if (checkCV)
  {
    if (srcAl->constSpecifier() != dstAl->constSpecifier())
    {
      NOMATCH
      return FALSE; // one member is const, the other not -> no match
    }
    if (srcAl->volatileSpecifier() != dstAl->volatileSpecifier())
    {
      NOMATCH
      return FALSE; // one member is volatile, the other not -> no match
    }
  }
 
  if (srcAl->refQualifier() != dstAl->refQualifier())
  {
    NOMATCH
    return FALSE; // one member is has a different ref-qualifier than the other
  }
 
  // so far the argument list could match, so we need to compare the types of
  // all arguments.
  auto srcIt = srcAl->begin();
  auto dstIt = dstAl->begin();
  for (;srcIt!=srcAl->end() && dstIt!=dstAl->end();++srcIt,++dstIt)
  {
    Argument &srcA = const_cast<Argument&>(*srcIt);
    Argument &dstA = const_cast<Argument&>(*dstIt);
    if (!matchArgument2(srcScope,srcFileScope,srcA,
                        dstScope,dstFileScope,dstA,
                        lang)
       )
    {
      NOMATCH
      return FALSE;
    }
  }
  MATCH
  return TRUE; // all arguments match
}

References argListToString(), ASSERT, AUTO_TRACE, ArgumentList::begin(), ArgumentList::constSpecifier(), ArgumentList::empty(), ArgumentList::end(), FALSE, ArgumentList::front(), MATCH, matchArgument2(), Definition::name(), NOMATCH, ArgumentList::refQualifier(), ArgumentList::size(), TRUE, Argument::type, and ArgumentList::volatileSpecifier().

Referenced by addMemberDocs(), addMemberFunction(), buildFunctionList(), combineDeclarationAndDefinition(), computeMemberRelationsForBaseClass(), ClassDefImpl::containsOverload(), findFriends(), findGlobalMember(), findMember(), findMembersWithSpecificName(), getDefsOld(), SymbolResolver::Private::getResolvedSymbol(), GroupDefImpl::insertMember(), matchCanonicalTypes(), ClassDefImpl::mergeMembersFromBaseClasses(), transferFunctionReferences(), and transferRelatedFunctionDocumentation().

◆ matchCanonicalTypes()

static bool matchCanonicalTypes	(	const Definition *	srcScope,
		const FileDef *	srcFileScope,
		const QCString &	srcType,
		const Definition *	dstScope,
		const FileDef *	dstFileScope,
		const QCString &	dstType,
		SrcLangExt	lang )

static

Definition at line 1860 of file util.cpp.

{
  AUTO_TRACE("srcType='{}' dstType='{}'",srcType,dstType);
  if (srcType==dstType) return true;
 
  // check if the types are function pointers
  int i1=srcType.find(")(");
  if (i1==-1) return false;
  int i2=dstType.find(")(");
  if (i1!=i2) return false;
 
  // check if the result part of the function pointer types matches
  int j1=srcType.find("(");
  if (j1==-1 || j1>i1) return false;
  int j2=dstType.find("(");
  if (j2!=j1) return false;
  if (srcType.left(j1)!=dstType.left(j2)) return false; // different return types
 
  // if srcType and dstType are both function pointers with the same return type,
  // then match against the parameter lists.
  // This way srcType='void (*fptr)(int x)' will match against `void (*fptr)(int y)' because
  // 'int x' matches 'int y'. A simple literal string match would treat these as different.
  auto srcAl = stringToArgumentList(lang,srcType.mid(i1+1));
  auto dstAl = stringToArgumentList(lang,dstType.mid(i2+1));
  return matchArguments2(srcScope,srcFileScope,srcAl.get(),
                         dstScope,dstFileScope,dstAl.get(),
                         true,lang);
}

References AUTO_TRACE, QCString::find(), QCString::left(), matchArguments2(), QCString::mid(), and stringToArgumentList().

Referenced by matchArgument2().

◆ matchTemplateArguments()

bool matchTemplateArguments	(	const ArgumentList &	srcAl,
		const ArgumentList &	dstAl )

Definition at line 2196 of file util.cpp.

{
  AUTO_TRACE("srcAl=%s dstAl=%s",argListToString(srcAl),argListToString(dstAl));
  if (srcAl.size()!=dstAl.size()) // different number of template parameters -> overload
  {
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("different number of parameters");
    return false;
  }
  auto isUnconstraintTemplate = [](const QCString &type)
  {
    return type=="typename" || type=="class" || type.startsWith("typename ") || type.startsWith("class ");
  };
  auto srcIt = srcAl.begin();
  auto dstIt = dstAl.begin();
  while (srcIt!=srcAl.end() && dstIt!=dstAl.end())
  {
    const Argument &srcA = *srcIt;
    const Argument &dstA = *dstIt;
    if ((!isUnconstraintTemplate(srcA.type) || !isUnconstraintTemplate(dstA.type)) && srcA.type!=dstA.type) // different constraints -> overload
    {
      AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("different constraints");
      return false;
    }
    ++srcIt;
    ++dstIt;
  }
  AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("same");
  // no overload with respect to the template parameters
  return true;
}

References argListToString(), AUTO_TRACE, AUTO_TRACE_EXIT, ArgumentList::begin(), ArgumentList::end(), ArgumentList::size(), and Argument::type.

Referenced by buildFunctionList().

◆ mergeArguments()

void mergeArguments	(	ArgumentList &	srcAl,
		ArgumentList &	dstAl,
		bool	forceNameOverwrite )

Definition at line 2052 of file util.cpp.

{
  AUTO_TRACE("srcAl='{}',dstAl='{}',forceNameOverwrite={}",
             qPrint(argListToString(srcAl)),qPrint(argListToString(dstAl)),forceNameOverwrite);
 
  if (srcAl.size()!=dstAl.size())
  {
    return; // invalid argument lists -> do not merge
  }
 
  auto srcIt=srcAl.begin();
  auto dstIt=dstAl.begin();
  while (srcIt!=srcAl.end() && dstIt!=dstAl.end())
  {
    Argument &srcA = *srcIt;
    Argument &dstA = *dstIt;
 
    AUTO_TRACE_ADD("before merge: src=[type='{}',name='{}',def='{}'] dst=[type='{}',name='{}',def='{}']",
        srcA.type,srcA.name,srcA.defval,
        dstA.type,dstA.name,dstA.defval);
    if (srcA.defval.isEmpty() && !dstA.defval.isEmpty())
    {
      //printf("Defval changing '%s'->'%s'\n",qPrint(srcA.defval),qPrint(dstA.defval));
      srcA.defval=dstA.defval;
    }
    else if (!srcA.defval.isEmpty() && dstA.defval.isEmpty())
    {
      //printf("Defval changing '%s'->'%s'\n",qPrint(dstA.defval),qPrint(srcA.defval));
      dstA.defval=srcA.defval;
    }
 
    // fix wrongly detected const or volatile specifiers before merging.
    // example: "const A *const" is detected as type="const A *" name="const"
    if (srcA.name=="const" || srcA.name=="volatile")
    {
      srcA.type+=" "+srcA.name;
      srcA.name.clear();
    }
    if (dstA.name=="const" || dstA.name=="volatile")
    {
      dstA.type+=" "+dstA.name;
      dstA.name.clear();
    }
 
    if (srcA.type==dstA.type)
    {
      //printf("1. merging %s:%s <-> %s:%s\n",qPrint(srcA.type),qPrint(srcA.name),qPrint(dstA.type),qPrint(dstA.name));
      if (srcA.name.isEmpty() && !dstA.name.isEmpty())
      {
        //printf("type: '%s':='%s'\n",qPrint(srcA.type),qPrint(dstA.type));
        //printf("name: '%s':='%s'\n",qPrint(srcA.name),qPrint(dstA.name));
        srcA.type = dstA.type;
        srcA.name = dstA.name;
      }
      else if (!srcA.name.isEmpty() && dstA.name.isEmpty())
      {
        //printf("type: '%s':='%s'\n",qPrint(dstA.type),qPrint(srcA.type));
        //printf("name: '%s':='%s'\n",qPrint(dstA.name),qPrint(srcA.name));
        dstA.type = srcA.type;
        dstA.name = srcA.name;
      }
      else if (!srcA.name.isEmpty() && !dstA.name.isEmpty())
      {
        //printf("srcA.name=%s dstA.name=%s\n",qPrint(srcA.name),qPrint(dstA.name));
        if (forceNameOverwrite)
        {
          srcA.name = dstA.name;
        }
        else
        {
          if (srcA.docs.isEmpty() && !dstA.docs.isEmpty())
          {
            srcA.name = dstA.name;
          }
          else if (!srcA.docs.isEmpty() && dstA.docs.isEmpty())
          {
            dstA.name = srcA.name;
          }
        }
      }
    }
    else
    {
      //printf("2. merging '%s':'%s' <-> '%s':'%s'\n",qPrint(srcA.type),qPrint(srcA.name),qPrint(dstA.type),qPrint(dstA.name));
      srcA.type=srcA.type.stripWhiteSpace();
      dstA.type=dstA.type.stripWhiteSpace();
      if (srcA.type+" "+srcA.name==dstA.type) // "unsigned long:int" <-> "unsigned long int:bla"
      {
        srcA.type+=" "+srcA.name;
        srcA.name=dstA.name;
      }
      else if (dstA.type+" "+dstA.name==srcA.type) // "unsigned long int bla" <-> "unsigned long int"
      {
        dstA.type+=" "+dstA.name;
        dstA.name=srcA.name;
      }
      else if (srcA.name.isEmpty() && !dstA.name.isEmpty())
      {
        srcA.name = dstA.name;
      }
      else if (dstA.name.isEmpty() && !srcA.name.isEmpty())
      {
        dstA.name = srcA.name;
      }
    }
    int i1=srcA.type.find("::"),
        i2=dstA.type.find("::"),
        j1=static_cast<int>(srcA.type.length())-i1-2,
        j2=static_cast<int>(dstA.type.length())-i2-2;
    if (i1!=-1 && i2==-1 && srcA.type.right(j1)==dstA.type)
    {
      //printf("type: '%s':='%s'\n",qPrint(dstA.type),qPrint(srcA.type));
      //printf("name: '%s':='%s'\n",qPrint(dstA.name),qPrint(srcA.name));
      dstA.type = srcA.type.left(i1+2)+dstA.type;
      dstA.name = srcA.name;
    }
    else if (i1==-1 && i2!=-1 && dstA.type.right(j2)==srcA.type)
    {
      //printf("type: '%s':='%s'\n",qPrint(srcA.type),qPrint(dstA.type));
      //printf("name: '%s':='%s'\n",qPrint(dstA.name),qPrint(srcA.name));
      srcA.type = dstA.type.left(i2+2)+srcA.type;
      srcA.name = dstA.name;
    }
    if (srcA.docs.isEmpty() && !dstA.docs.isEmpty())
    {
      srcA.docs = dstA.docs;
    }
    else if (dstA.docs.isEmpty() && !srcA.docs.isEmpty())
    {
      dstA.docs = srcA.docs;
    }
    //printf("Merge argument '%s|%s' '%s|%s'\n",
    //  qPrint(srcA.type), qPrint(srcA.name),
    //  qPrint(dstA.type), qPrint(dstA.name));
    ++srcIt;
    ++dstIt;
    AUTO_TRACE_ADD("after merge: src=[type='{}',name='{}',def='{}'] dst=[type='{}',name='{}',def='{}']",
        srcA.type,srcA.name,srcA.defval,
        dstA.type,dstA.name,dstA.defval);
  }
}

References argListToString(), AUTO_TRACE, AUTO_TRACE_ADD, ArgumentList::begin(), QCString::clear(), Argument::defval, Argument::docs, ArgumentList::end(), QCString::find(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), Argument::name, qPrint(), QCString::right(), ArgumentList::size(), QCString::stripWhiteSpace(), and Argument::type.

Referenced by addMemberDocs(), buildFunctionList(), and findFriends().

◆ mergeMemberOverrideOptions()

void mergeMemberOverrideOptions	(	MemberDefMutable *	md1,
		MemberDefMutable *	md2 )

Definition at line 7348 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (Config_getBool(CALL_GRAPH)  !=md1->hasCallGraph())   md2->overrideCallGraph(md1->hasCallGraph());
  if (Config_getBool(CALLER_GRAPH)!=md1->hasCallerGraph()) md2->overrideCallerGraph(md1->hasCallerGraph());
  if (Config_getBool(CALL_GRAPH)  !=md2->hasCallGraph())   md1->overrideCallGraph( md2->hasCallGraph());
  if (Config_getBool(CALLER_GRAPH)!=md2->hasCallerGraph()) md1->overrideCallerGraph(md2->hasCallerGraph());
 
  if (Config_getBool(SHOW_ENUM_VALUES)  !=md1->hasEnumValues())   md2->overrideEnumValues(md1->hasEnumValues());
  if (Config_getBool(SHOW_ENUM_VALUES)  !=md2->hasEnumValues())   md1->overrideEnumValues( md2->hasEnumValues());
 
  if (Config_getBool(REFERENCED_BY_RELATION)!=md1->hasReferencedByRelation()) md2->overrideReferencedByRelation(md1->hasReferencedByRelation());
  if (Config_getBool(REFERENCES_RELATION)   !=md1->hasReferencesRelation())   md2->overrideReferencesRelation(md1->hasReferencesRelation());
  if (Config_getBool(REFERENCED_BY_RELATION)!=md2->hasReferencedByRelation()) md1->overrideReferencedByRelation(md2->hasReferencedByRelation());
  if (Config_getBool(REFERENCES_RELATION)   !=md2->hasReferencesRelation())   md1->overrideReferencesRelation(md2->hasReferencesRelation());
 
  if (Config_getBool(INLINE_SOURCES)!=md1->hasInlineSource()) md2->overrideInlineSource(md1->hasInlineSource());
  if (Config_getBool(INLINE_SOURCES)!=md2->hasInlineSource()) md1->overrideInlineSource(md2->hasInlineSource());
}

References Config_getBool, MemberDef::hasCallerGraph(), MemberDef::hasCallGraph(), MemberDef::hasEnumValues(), MemberDef::hasInlineSource(), MemberDef::hasReferencedByRelation(), MemberDef::hasReferencesRelation(), MemberDefMutable::overrideCallerGraph(), MemberDefMutable::overrideCallGraph(), MemberDefMutable::overrideEnumValues(), MemberDefMutable::overrideInlineSource(), MemberDefMutable::overrideReferencedByRelation(), and MemberDefMutable::overrideReferencesRelation().

Referenced by combineDeclarationAndDefinition(), and findFriends().

◆ mergeScopes()

QCString mergeScopes	(	const QCString &	leftScope,
		const QCString &	rightScope )

Merges two scope parts together. The parts may (partially) overlap. Example1: A::B and B::C will result in A::B::C
Example2: A and B will be A::B
Example3: A::B and B will be A::B

Parameters

leftScope	the left hand part of the scope.
rightScope	the right hand part of the scope.

Returns: the merged scope.

Definition at line 5080 of file util.cpp.

{
  AUTO_TRACE("leftScope='{}' rightScope='{}'",leftScope,rightScope);
  // case leftScope=="A" rightScope=="A::B" => result = "A::B"
  if (leftScopeMatch(leftScope,rightScope))
  {
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("case1={}",rightScope);
    return rightScope;
  }
  QCString result;
  int i=0,p=static_cast<int>(leftScope.length());
 
  // case leftScope=="A::B" rightScope=="B::C" => result = "A::B::C"
  // case leftScope=="A::B" rightScope=="B" => result = "A::B"
  bool found=FALSE;
  while ((i=leftScope.findRev("::",p))>0)
  {
    if (leftScopeMatch(rightScope,leftScope.right(leftScope.length()-i-2)))
    {
      result = leftScope.left(i+2)+rightScope;
      found=TRUE;
    }
    p=i-1;
  }
  if (found)
  {
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("case2={}",result);
    return result;
  }
 
  // case leftScope=="A" rightScope=="B" => result = "A::B"
  result=leftScope;
  if (!result.isEmpty() && !rightScope.isEmpty()) result+="::";
  result+=rightScope;
  AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("case3={}",result);
  return result;
}

References AUTO_TRACE, AUTO_TRACE_EXIT, FALSE, QCString::findRev(), found, QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), leftScopeMatch(), QCString::length(), QCString::right(), and TRUE.

Referenced by addEnumValuesToEnums(), addVariable(), findEnums(), findMember(), and stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope().

◆ nextUTF8CharPosition()

static int nextUTF8CharPosition	(	const QCString &	utf8Str,
		uint32_t	len,
		uint32_t	startPos )

static

Definition at line 5819 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (startPos>=len) return len;
  uint8_t c = static_cast<uint8_t>(utf8Str[startPos]);
  int bytes=getUTF8CharNumBytes(c);
  if (c=='&') // skip over character entities
  {
    bytes=1;
    int (*matcher)(int) = nullptr;
    c = static_cast<uint8_t>(utf8Str[startPos+bytes]);
    if (c=='#') // numerical entity?
    {
      bytes++;
      c = static_cast<uint8_t>(utf8Str[startPos+bytes]);
      if (c=='x') // hexadecimal entity?
      {
        bytes++;
        matcher = std::isxdigit;
      }
      else // decimal entity
      {
        matcher = std::isdigit;
      }
    }
    else if (std::isalnum(c)) // named entity?
    {
      bytes++;
      matcher = std::isalnum;
    }
    if (matcher)
    {
      while ((c = static_cast<uint8_t>(utf8Str[startPos+bytes]))!=0 && matcher(c))
      {
        bytes++;
      }
    }
    if (c!=';')
    {
      bytes=1; // not a valid entity, reset bytes counter
    }
  }
  return startPos+bytes;
}

References getUTF8CharNumBytes().

Referenced by parseCommentAsText().

◆ normalizeNonTemplateArgumentsInString()

QCString normalizeNonTemplateArgumentsInString	(	const QCString &	name,
		const Definition *	context,
		const ArgumentList &	formalArgs )

Definition at line 4786 of file util.cpp.

{
  // skip until <
  int p=name.find('<');
  if (p==-1) return name;
  p++;
  QCString result = name.left(p);
 
  std::string s = name.mid(p).str();
  static const reg::Ex re(R"([\a:][\w:]*)");
  reg::Iterator it(s,re);
  reg::Iterator end;
  size_t pi=0;
  // for each identifier in the template part (e.g. B<T> -> T)
  for (; it!=end ; ++it)
  {
    const auto &match = *it;
    size_t i = match.position();
    size_t l = match.length();
    result += s.substr(pi,i-pi);
    QCString n(match.str());
    bool found=FALSE;
    for (const Argument &formArg : formalArgs)
    {
      if (formArg.name == n)
      {
        found=TRUE;
        break;
      }
    }
    if (!found)
    {
      // try to resolve the type
      SymbolResolver resolver;
      const ClassDef *cd = resolver.resolveClass(context,n);
      if (cd)
      {
        result+=cd->name();
      }
      else
      {
        result+=n;
      }
    }
    else
    {
      result+=n;
    }
    pi=i+l;
  }
  result+=s.substr(pi);
  //printf("normalizeNonTemplateArgumentInString(%s)=%s\n",qPrint(name),qPrint(result));
  return removeRedundantWhiteSpace(result);
}

References end(), FALSE, QCString::find(), found, QCString::left(), QCString::mid(), Definition::name(), removeRedundantWhiteSpace(), SymbolResolver::resolveClass(), QCString::str(), and TRUE.

Referenced by findUsedClassesForClass().

◆ openOutputFile()

bool openOutputFile	(	const QCString &	outFile,
		std::ofstream &	f )

Definition at line 6783 of file util.cpp.

{
  assert(!f.is_open());
  bool fileOpened=FALSE;
  bool writeToStdout=outFile=="-";
  if (writeToStdout) // write to stdout
  {
    f.basic_ios<char>::rdbuf(std::cout.rdbuf());
    fileOpened = true;
  }
  else // write to file
  {
    FileInfo fi(outFile.str());
    if (fi.exists()) // create a backup
    {
      Dir dir;
      FileInfo backup(fi.filePath()+".bak");
      if (backup.exists()) // remove existing backup
        dir.remove(backup.filePath());
      dir.rename(fi.filePath(),fi.filePath()+".bak");
    }
    f = Portable::openOutputStream(outFile);
    fileOpened = f.is_open();
  }
  return fileOpened;
}

References FileInfo::exists(), FALSE, FileInfo::filePath(), Portable::openOutputStream(), Dir::remove(), Dir::rename(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by compareDoxyfile(), generateConfigFile(), readConfiguration(), and writeDefaultLayoutFile().

◆ parseCommentAsText()

QCString parseCommentAsText	(	const Definition *	scope,
		const MemberDef *	md,
		const QCString &	doc,
		const QCString &	fileName,
		int	lineNr )

Definition at line 5863 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (doc.isEmpty()) return "";
  //printf("parseCommentAsText(%s)\n",qPrint(doc));
  TextStream t;
  auto parser { createDocParser() };
  auto ast    { validatingParseDoc(*parser.get(),
                                   fileName,lineNr,
                                   scope,md,doc,FALSE,FALSE,
                                   QCString(),FALSE,FALSE,Config_getBool(MARKDOWN_SUPPORT)) };
  auto astImpl = dynamic_cast<const DocNodeAST*>(ast.get());
  if (astImpl)
  {
    TextDocVisitor visitor(t);
    std::visit(visitor,astImpl->root);
  }
  QCString result = convertCharEntitiesToUTF8(t.str().c_str()).stripWhiteSpace();
  int i=0;
  int charCnt=0;
  int l=static_cast<int>(result.length());
  while ((i=nextUTF8CharPosition(result,l,i))<l)
  {
    charCnt++;
    if (charCnt>=80) break;
  }
  if (charCnt>=80) // try to truncate the string
  {
    while ((i=nextUTF8CharPosition(result,l,i))<l && charCnt<100)
    {
      charCnt++;
      if (result.at(i)==',' ||
          result.at(i)=='.' ||
          result.at(i)=='!' ||
          result.at(i)=='?' ||
          result.at(i)=='}')    // good for UTF-16 characters and } otherwise also a good point to stop the string
      {
        i++; // we want to be "behind" last inspected character
        break;
      }
    }
  }
  if ( i < l) result=result.left(i)+"...";
  return result.data();
}

References QCString::at(), Config_getBool, convertCharEntitiesToUTF8(), createDocParser(), QCString::data(), FALSE, QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), nextUTF8CharPosition(), TextStream::str(), QCString::stripWhiteSpace(), and validatingParseDoc().

Referenced by PageDefImpl::addSectionsToIndex(), and DefinitionImpl::computeTooltip().

◆ patternMatch()

bool patternMatch	(	const FileInfo &	fi,
		const StringVector &	patList )

Definition at line 6157 of file util.cpp.

{
  std::string elem;
  auto getter = [](std::string s) { return QCString(s); };
  return genericPatternMatch(fi,patList,elem,getter);
}

References genericPatternMatch().

Referenced by checkAndOpenFile(), and readDir().

◆ projectLogoFile()

QCString projectLogoFile ( )

Definition at line 3641 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString projectLogo = Config_getString(PROJECT_LOGO);
  if (!projectLogo.isEmpty())
  {
    // check for optional width= and height= specifier
    int wi = projectLogo.find(" width=");
    if (wi!=-1) // and strip them
    {
      projectLogo = projectLogo.left(wi);
    }
    int hi = projectLogo.find(" height=");
    if (hi!=-1)
    {
      projectLogo = projectLogo.left(hi);
    }
  }
  //printf("projectlogo='%s'\n",qPrint(projectLogo));
  return projectLogo;
}

References Config_getString, QCString::find(), QCString::isEmpty(), and QCString::left().

Referenced by copyLogo(), and substituteKeywords().

◆ projectLogoSize()

static QCString projectLogoSize ( )

static

Definition at line 3662 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString sizeVal;
  QCString projectLogo = Config_getString(PROJECT_LOGO);
  if (!projectLogo.isEmpty())
  {
    auto extractDimension = [&projectLogo](const char *startMarker,size_t startPos,size_t endPos) -> QCString
    {
      QCString result = projectLogo.mid(startPos,endPos-startPos).stripWhiteSpace().quoted();
      if (result.length()>=2 && result.at(0)!='"' && result.at(result.length()-1)!='"')
      {
        result="\""+result+"\"";
      }
      result.prepend(startMarker);
      return result;
    };
    // check for optional width= and height= specifier
    int wi = projectLogo.find(" width=");
    int hi = projectLogo.find(" height=");
    if (wi!=-1 && hi!=-1)
    {
      if (wi<hi) // "... width=x height=y..."
      {
        sizeVal = extractDimension(" width=",  wi+7, hi) + " "
                + extractDimension(" height=", hi+8, projectLogo.length());
      }
      else // "... height=y width=x..."
      {
        sizeVal = extractDimension(" height=", hi+8, wi) + " "
                + extractDimension(" width=",  wi+7, projectLogo.length());
      }
    }
    else if (wi!=-1) // ... width=x..."
    {
      sizeVal = extractDimension(" width=", wi+7, projectLogo.length());
    }
    else if (hi!=-1) // ... height=x..."
    {
      sizeVal = extractDimension(" height=", hi+8, projectLogo.length());
    }
  }
  //printf("projectsize='%s'\n",qPrint(sizeVal));
  return sizeVal;
}

References QCString::at(), Config_getString, QCString::find(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::length(), QCString::mid(), QCString::prepend(), QCString::quoted(), and QCString::stripWhiteSpace().

Referenced by substituteKeywords().

◆ protectionLevelVisible()

bool protectionLevelVisible ( Protection prot )

Definition at line 6426 of file util.cpp.

{
  bool extractPrivate = Config_getBool(EXTRACT_PRIVATE);
  bool extractPackage = Config_getBool(EXTRACT_PACKAGE);
 
  return (prot!=Protection::Private && prot!=Protection::Package)  ||
         (prot==Protection::Private && extractPrivate) ||
         (prot==Protection::Package && extractPackage);
}

References Config_getBool, Package, and Private.

Referenced by MemberDefImpl::_computeLinkableInProject(), addClassAndNestedClasses(), computeClassRelations(), MemberDefImpl::hasDetailedDescription(), ClassDefImpl::internalInsertMember(), MemberDefImpl::isBriefSectionVisible(), ClassDefImpl::isLinkableInProject(), ClassDefImpl::isVisibleInHierarchy(), MemberDefImpl::warnIfUndocumented(), MemberDefImpl::writeDeclaration(), ClassDefImpl::writeDocumentationForInnerClasses(), ClassDefImpl::writeMemberList(), and ClassDefImpl::writeTagFile().

◆ readInputFile()

bool readInputFile	(	const QCString &	fileName,
		std::string &	contents,
		bool	filter,
		bool	isSourceCode )

read a file name fileName and optionally filter and transcode it

Definition at line 5997 of file util.cpp.

{
  // try to open file
  FileInfo fi(fileName.str());
  if (!fi.exists()) return FALSE;
  QCString filterName = getFileFilter(fileName,isSourceCode);
  if (filterName.isEmpty() || !filter)
  {
    std::ifstream f = Portable::openInputStream(fileName,true);
    if (!f.is_open())
    {
      err("could not open file {}\n",fileName);
      return FALSE;
    }
    // read the file
    auto fileSize = fi.size();
    contents.resize(fileSize);
    f.read(contents.data(),fileSize);
    if (f.fail())
    {
      err("problems while reading file {}\n",fileName);
      return FALSE;
    }
  }
  else
  {
    QCString cmd=filterName+" \""+fileName+"\"";
    Debug::print(Debug::ExtCmd,0,"Executing popen(`{}`)\n",cmd);
    FILE *f=Portable::popen(cmd,"r");
    if (!f)
    {
      err("could not execute filter {}\n",filterName);
      return FALSE;
    }
    const int bufSize=4096;
    char buf[bufSize];
    int numRead = 0;
    while ((numRead=static_cast<int>(fread(buf,1,bufSize,f)))>0)
    {
      //printf(">>>>>>>>Reading %d bytes\n",numRead);
      contents.append(buf,numRead);
    }
    Portable::pclose(f);
    Debug::print(Debug::FilterOutput, 0, "Filter output\n");
    Debug::print(Debug::FilterOutput,0,"-------------\n{}\n-------------\n",contents);
  }
 
  if (contents.size()>=2 &&
      static_cast<uint8_t>(contents[0])==0xFF &&
      static_cast<uint8_t>(contents[1])==0xFE // Little endian BOM
     ) // UCS-2LE encoded file
  {
    transcodeCharacterBuffer(fileName,contents,"UCS-2LE","UTF-8");
  }
  else if (contents.size()>=2 &&
           static_cast<uint8_t>(contents[0])==0xFE &&
           static_cast<uint8_t>(contents[1])==0xFF // big endian BOM
         ) // UCS-2BE encoded file
  {
    transcodeCharacterBuffer(fileName,contents,"UCS-2BE","UTF-8");
  }
  else if (contents.size()>=3 &&
           static_cast<uint8_t>(contents[0])==0xEF &&
           static_cast<uint8_t>(contents[1])==0xBB &&
           static_cast<uint8_t>(contents[2])==0xBF
     ) // UTF-8 encoded file
  {
    contents.erase(0,3); // remove UTF-8 BOM: no translation needed
  }
  else // transcode according to the INPUT_ENCODING setting
  {
    // do character transcoding if needed.
    transcodeCharacterBuffer(fileName,contents,getEncoding(fi),"UTF-8");
  }
 
  filterCRLF(contents);
  return true;
}

References err, FileInfo::exists(), Debug::ExtCmd, FALSE, filterCRLF(), Debug::FilterOutput, getEncoding(), getFileFilter(), QCString::isEmpty(), Portable::openInputStream(), Portable::pclose(), Portable::popen(), Debug::print(), FileInfo::size(), QCString::str(), and transcodeCharacterBuffer().

Referenced by checkAndOpenFile(), fileToString(), HtmlDocVisitor::operator()(), RTFDocVisitor::operator()(), parseFile(), parseInput(), readIncludeFile(), DocbookDocVisitor::startPlantUmlFile(), and LatexDocVisitor::startPlantUmlFile().

◆ recognizeFixedForm()

bool recognizeFixedForm	(	const QCString &	contents,
		FortranFormat	format )

Definition at line 6830 of file util.cpp.

{
  int column=0;
  bool skipLine=FALSE;
 
  if (format == FortranFormat::Fixed) return TRUE;
  if (format == FortranFormat::Free)  return FALSE;
 
  int tabSize=Config_getInt(TAB_SIZE);
  size_t sizCont = contents.length();
  for (size_t i=0;i<sizCont;i++)
  {
    column++;
 
    switch(contents.at(i))
    {
      case '\n':
        column=0;
        skipLine=FALSE;
        break;
      case '\t':
        column += tabSize-1;
        break;
      case ' ':
        break;
      case '\000':
        return FALSE;
      case '#':
        skipLine=TRUE;
        break;
      case 'C':
      case 'c':
        if (column==1)
        {
          return !keyWordsFortranC(contents.data()+i);
        }
        // fallthrough
      case '*':
        if (column==1) return TRUE;
        if (skipLine) break;
        return FALSE;
      case '!':
        if (column!=6) skipLine=TRUE;
        break;
      default:
        if (skipLine) break;
        if (column>=7) return TRUE;
        return FALSE;
    }
  }
  return FALSE;
}

References QCString::at(), Config_getInt, QCString::data(), FALSE, Fixed, Free, keyWordsFortranC(), QCString::length(), and TRUE.

Referenced by convertCppComments(), FortranCodeParser::parseCode(), and parseMain().

◆ recursivelyAddGroupListToTitle()

static bool recursivelyAddGroupListToTitle	(	OutputList &	ol,
		const Definition *	d,
		bool	root )

static

Definition at line 5350 of file util.cpp.

{
  ModuleDef *mod = root ? findModuleDef(d) : nullptr;
  if (!d->partOfGroups().empty() || mod!=nullptr) // write list of group to which this definition belongs
  {
    if (root)
    {
      ol.pushGeneratorState();
      ol.disableAllBut(OutputType::Html);
      ol.writeString("<div class=\"ingroups\">");
    }
    bool first=true;
    for (const auto &gd : d->partOfGroups())
    {
      if (!first) { ol.writeString(" &#124; "); } else first=false;
      if (recursivelyAddGroupListToTitle(ol, gd, FALSE))
      {
        ol.writeString(" &raquo; ");
      }
      ol.writeObjectLink(gd->getReference(),gd->getOutputFileBase(),QCString(),gd->groupTitle());
    }
    if (root)
    {
      // add module as a group to the file as well
      if (mod)
      {
        if (!first) { ol.writeString(" &#124; "); } else first=false;
        ol.writeString(theTranslator->trModule(false,true)+" ");
        ol.writeObjectLink(mod->getReference(),mod->getOutputFileBase(),QCString(),
                           mod->displayName());
      }
      ol.writeString("</div>");
      ol.popGeneratorState();
    }
    return true;
  }
  return false;
}

References OutputList::disableAllBut(), Definition::displayName(), FALSE, findModuleDef(), Definition::getOutputFileBase(), Definition::getReference(), Html, Definition::partOfGroups(), OutputList::popGeneratorState(), OutputList::pushGeneratorState(), recursivelyAddGroupListToTitle(), theTranslator, OutputList::writeObjectLink(), and OutputList::writeString().

Referenced by addGroupListToTitle(), and recursivelyAddGroupListToTitle().

◆ relativePathToRoot()

QCString relativePathToRoot ( const QCString & name )

Definition at line 4079 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result;
  if (Config_getBool(CREATE_SUBDIRS))
  {
    if (name.isEmpty())
    {
      return REL_PATH_TO_ROOT;
    }
    else
    {
      int i = name.findRev('/');
      if (i!=-1)
      {
        result=REL_PATH_TO_ROOT;
      }
    }
  }
  return result;
}

References Config_getBool, QCString::findRev(), QCString::isEmpty(), and REL_PATH_TO_ROOT.

Referenced by generateBriefDoc(), DocbookGenerator::startFile(), HtmlGenerator::startFile(), LatexGenerator::startFile(), RTFGenerator::startFile(), and validatingParseDoc().

◆ removeAnonymousScopes()

QCString removeAnonymousScopes ( const QCString & str )

Removes all anonymous scopes from string s Possible examples:

   "bla::@10::blep"      => "bla::blep"
   "bla::@10::@11::blep" => "bla::blep"
   "@10::blep"           => "blep"
   " @10::blep"          => "blep"
   "@9::@10::blep"       => "blep"
   "bla::@1"             => "bla"
   "bla::@1::@2"         => "bla"
   "bla @1"              => "bla"

Definition at line 172 of file util.cpp.

{
  std::string result;
  if (str.isEmpty()) return QCString(result);
 
  // helper to check if the found delimiter starts with a colon
  auto startsWithColon = [](const std::string &del)
  {
    for (size_t i=0;i<del.size();i++)
    {
      if (del[i]=='@') return false;
      else if (del[i]==':') return true;
    }
    return false;
  };
 
  // helper to check if the found delimiter ends with a colon
  auto endsWithColon = [](const std::string &del)
  {
    for (int i=static_cast<int>(del.size())-1;i>=0;i--)
    {
      if (del[i]=='@') return false;
      else if (del[i]==':') return true;
    }
    return false;
  };
 
  static const reg::Ex re(R"([\s:]*@\d+[\s:]*)");
  std::string s = str.str();
  reg::Iterator iter(s,re);
  reg::Iterator end;
  size_t p=0;
  size_t sl=s.length();
  bool needsSeparator=false;
  for ( ; iter!=end ; ++iter)
  {
    const auto &match = *iter;
    size_t i = match.position();
    if (i>p) // add non-matching prefix
    {
      if (needsSeparator) result+="::";
      needsSeparator=false;
      result+=s.substr(p,i-p);
    }
    std::string delim = match.str();
    needsSeparator = needsSeparator || (startsWithColon(delim) && endsWithColon(delim));
    p = match.position()+match.length();
  }
  if (p<sl) // add trailing remainder
  {
    if (needsSeparator) result+="::";
    result+=s.substr(p);
  }
  return result;
}

References end(), QCString::isEmpty(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by createTagLessInstance(), MemberDefImpl::displayDefinition(), generateClassMemberLink(), makeDisplayName(), makeDisplayName(), simplifyTypeForTable(), MemberDefImpl::writeDeclaration(), and MemberDefImpl::writeDocumentation().

◆ removeEmptyLines()

QCString removeEmptyLines ( const QCString & s )

Definition at line 7073 of file util.cpp.

{
  std::string out;
  out.reserve(s.length());
  const char *p=s.data();
  if (p)
  {
    char c = 0;
    while ((c=*p++))
    {
      if (c=='\n')
      {
        const char *e = p;
        while (*e==' ' || *e=='\t') e++;
        if (*e=='\n')
        {
          p=e;
        }
        else out+=c;
      }
      else
      {
        out+=c;
      }
    }
  }
  //printf("removeEmptyLines(%s)=%s\n",qPrint(s),qPrint(out));
  return out;
}

References QCString::data(), and QCString::length().

Referenced by substituteHtmlKeywords(), and substituteLatexKeywords().

◆ removeLongPathMarker()

QCString removeLongPathMarker ( QCString path )

Definition at line 298 of file util.cpp.

{
#if defined(_WIN32)
  if (path.startsWith("//?/")) // strip leading "\\?\" part from path
  {
    path=path.mid(4);
  }
#endif
  return path;
}

References QCString::mid(), and QCString::startsWith().

Referenced by computeCommonDirPrefix(), FileDefImpl::FileDefImpl(), findFileDef(), DirDefImpl::mergeDirectoryInTree(), and stripFromPath().

◆ removeRedundantWhiteSpace()

QCString removeRedundantWhiteSpace ( const QCString & s )

Definition at line 578 of file util.cpp.

{
  bool cliSupport = Config_getBool(CPP_CLI_SUPPORT);
  bool vhdl = Config_getBool(OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL);
 
  if (s.isEmpty() || vhdl) return s;
 
  // We use a static character array to
  // improve the performance of this function
  // and thread_local is needed to make it multi-thread safe
  static THREAD_LOCAL char *growBuf = nullptr;
  static THREAD_LOCAL size_t growBufLen = 0;
  if (s.length()*3>growBufLen) // For input character we produce at most 3 output characters,
  {
    growBufLen = s.length()*3;
    growBuf = static_cast<char *>(realloc(growBuf,growBufLen+1)); // add 1 for 0-terminator
  }
  if (growBuf==nullptr) return s; // should not happen, only we run out of memory
 
  const char *src=s.data();
  char *dst=growBuf;
 
  size_t i=0;
  size_t l=s.length();
  size_t csp=0;
  size_t vosp=0;
  size_t vsp=0;
  size_t osp=0;
  char pc=0;
  // skip leading whitespace
  while (i<l && isspace(static_cast<uint8_t>(src[i])))
  {
    i++;
  }
  for (;i<l;i++)
  {
    char c=src[i];
    char nc=i+1<l ? src[i+1] : ' ';
 
    auto searchForKeyword = [&](const char *kw,size_t &matchLen,size_t totalLen)
    {
      if (matchLen<=totalLen && c==kw[matchLen] && // character matches substring kw
          (matchLen>0 ||                           // inside search string
           i==0  ||                                // if it is the first character
           !isId(pc)                               // the previous may not be a digit
          )
         )
        matchLen++;
      else // reset counter
        matchLen=0;
    };
    searchForKeyword(constScope,    csp,  5); // keyword: const
    searchForKeyword(volatileScope, vosp, 8); // keyword: volatile
    searchForKeyword(virtualScope,  vsp,  7); // keyword: virtual
 
    // search for "operator"
    if (osp<11 && (osp>=8 || c==operatorScope[osp]) && // character matches substring "operator" followed by 3 arbitrary characters
        (osp>0 ||                         // inside search string
         i==0 ||                          // if it is the first character
         !isId(pc)                        // the previous may not be a digit
        )
       )
      osp++;
    else // reset counter
      osp=0;
 
    switch(c)
    {
      case '"': // quoted string
        {
          *dst++=c;
          i++;
          for (;i<l;i++) // find end of string
          {
            c = src[i];
            *dst++=c;
            if (c=='\\' && i+1<l)
            {
              i++;
              c = src[i];
              *dst++=c;
            }
            else if (c=='"')
            {
              break;
            }
          }
        }
        break;
      case '<': // current char is a <
        *dst++=c;
        if (i+1<l &&
            (isId(nc)) && // next char is an id char
            (osp<8) // string in front is not "operator"
           )
        {
          *dst++=' '; // add extra space
        }
        break;
      case '>': // current char is a >
        if (i>0 && !isspace(static_cast<uint8_t>(pc)) &&
            (isId(pc) || pc=='*' || pc=='&' || pc=='.' || pc=='>') && // prev char is an id char or space or *&.
            (osp<8 || (osp==8 && pc!='-')) // string in front is not "operator>" or "operator->"
           )
        {
          *dst++=' '; // add extra space in front
        }
        *dst++=c;
        if (i+1<l && (nc=='-' || nc=='&')) // '>-' -> '> -'
        {
          *dst++=' '; // add extra space after
        }
        break;
      case ',': // current char is a ,
        *dst++=c;
        if (i>0 && !isspace(static_cast<uint8_t>(pc)) &&
            ((i+1<l && (isId(nc) || nc=='[')) || // the [ is for attributes (see bug702170)
             (i+2<l && nc=='$' && isId(src[i+2])) ||   // for PHP: ',$name' -> ', $name'
             (i+3<l && nc=='&' && src[i+2]=='$' && isId(src[i+3])) // for PHP: ',&$name' -> ', &$name'
            )
           )
        {
          *dst++=' '; // add extra space after
        }
        break;
      case '^':  // CLI 'Type^name' -> 'Type^ name'
      case '%':  // CLI 'Type%name' -> 'Type% name'
        *dst++=c;
        if (cliSupport && i+1<l && (isId(nc) || nc=='-'))
        {
          *dst++=' '; // add extra space after
        }
        break;
      case ')':  // current char is a )  -> ')name' -> ') name'
        *dst++=c;
        if (i+1<l && (isId(nc) || nc=='-'))
        {
          *dst++=' '; // add extra space after
        }
        break;
      case '*':
        if (i>0 && pc!=' ' && pc!='\t' && pc!=':' &&
                   pc!='*' && pc!='&'  && pc!='(' && pc!='/' &&
                   pc!='.' && osp<9
           )
          // avoid splitting &&, **, .*, operator*, operator->*
        {
          *dst++=' ';
        }
        *dst++=c;
        break;
      case '&':
        if (i>0 && isId(pc) && osp<9)
        {
          if (nc != '=')
          // avoid splitting operator&=
          {
            *dst++=' ';
          }
        }
        *dst++=c;
        break;
      case '$':  // '$name' -> ' $name'
                 // 'name$name' -> 'name$name'
        if (isId(pc))
        {
          *dst++=c;
          break;
        }
        // else fallthrough
      case '@':  // '@name' -> ' @name'
      case '\'': // ''name' -> '' name'
        if (i>0 && i+1<l && pc!='=' && pc!=':' && !isspace(static_cast<uint8_t>(pc)) &&
            isId(nc) && osp<8) // ")id" -> ") id"
        {
          *dst++=' ';
        }
        *dst++=c;
        break;
      case ':': // current char is a :
        if (csp==6) // replace const::A by const ::A
        {
          *dst++=' ';
          csp=0;
        }
        else if (vosp==9) // replace volatile::A by volatile ::A
        {
          *dst++=' ';
          vosp=0;
        }
        else if (vsp==8) // replace virtual::A by virtual ::A
        {
          *dst++=' ';
          vsp=0;
        }
        *dst++=c;
        break;
      case ' ':  // fallthrough
      case '\n': // fallthrough
      case '\t':
        {
          if (g_charAroundSpace.charMap[static_cast<uint8_t>(pc)].before &&
              g_charAroundSpace.charMap[static_cast<uint8_t>(nc)].after  &&
              !(pc==',' && nc=='.') &&
              (osp<8 || (osp>=8 && isId(pc) && isId(nc)))
                  // e.g.    'operator >>' -> 'operator>>',
                  //         'operator "" _x' -> 'operator""_x',
                  // but not 'operator int' -> 'operatorint'
             )
          { // keep space
            *dst++=' ';
          }
          else if ((pc=='*' || pc=='&' || pc=='.') && nc=='>')
          {
            *dst++=' ';
          }
        }
        break;
      default:
        *dst++=c;
        auto correctKeywordAllowedInsideScope = [&](char cc,size_t &matchLen,size_t totalLen) {
          if (c==cc && matchLen==totalLen)
          {
            if ((i+2<l && src[i+1] == ':' && src[i+2] == ':') ||                     // keyword::
                ((i>matchLen && src[i-matchLen] == ':' && src[i-matchLen-1] == ':')) // ::keyword
               ) matchLen = 0;
          };
        };
        correctKeywordAllowedInsideScope('t',csp, 5); // keyword: const
        correctKeywordAllowedInsideScope('e',vosp,8); // keyword: volatile
        correctKeywordAllowedInsideScope('l',vsp, 7); // keyword: virtual
 
        auto correctKeywordNotPartOfScope = [&](char cc,size_t &matchLen,size_t totalLen)
        {
          if (c==cc && matchLen==totalLen && i+1<l && // found matching keyword
              !(isId(nc) || nc==')' || nc==',' || qisspace(nc))
             ) // prevent keyword ::A from being converted to keyword::A
          {
            *dst++=' ';
            matchLen=0;
          }
        };
        correctKeywordNotPartOfScope('t',csp, 5); // keyword: const
        correctKeywordNotPartOfScope('e',vosp,8); // keyword: volatile
        correctKeywordNotPartOfScope('l',vsp, 7); // keyword: virtual
        break;
    }
    pc=c;
  }
  *dst++='\0';
  //printf("removeRedundantWhitespace(%s)->%s\n",qPrint(s),growBuf);
  return growBuf;
}

References Config_getBool, constScope, QCString::data(), g_charAroundSpace, QCString::isEmpty(), isId(), QCString::length(), operatorScope, qisspace(), THREAD_LOCAL, virtualScope, and volatileScope.

Referenced by addFrom(), addGlobalFunction(), addMethodToClass(), addVariable(), addVariableToClass(), argListToString(), buildFunctionList(), buildInterfaceAndServiceList(), buildTypedefList(), ClassDefImpl::ClassDefImpl(), extractCanonicalType(), findClassRelation(), DocParser::findDocsForMemberOrCompound(), findMember(), findUsedClassesForClass(), findUsingDeclImports(), generateFunctionLink(), generateFunctionLink(), generateLink(), getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier(), getLink(), getLink(), getLink(), MemberDefImpl::init(), ClassDefImpl::insertTemplateInstance(), MemberDefImpl::MemberDefImpl(), normalizeNonTemplateArgumentsInString(), parseFuncDecl(), resolveRef(), tempArgListToString(), and writeExceptionListImpl().

◆ replaceAnonymousScopes()

QCString replaceAnonymousScopes	(	const QCString &	s,
		const QCString &	replacement )

Definition at line 229 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return s;
  static const reg::Ex marker(R"(@\d+)");
  std::string result = reg::replace(s.str(),marker,
                                    !replacement.isEmpty() ? replacement.data() : "__anonymous__");
  //printf("replaceAnonymousScopes('%s')='%s'\n",qPrint(s),qPrint(result));
  return QCString(result);
}

References QCString::data(), QCString::isEmpty(), reg::replace(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by addMemberFunction(), findGlobalMember(), and generateDEFForMember().

◆ replaceColorMarkers()

QCString replaceColorMarkers ( const QCString & str )

Replaces any markers of the form ##AA in input string str by new markers of the form #AABBCC, where #AABBCC represents a valid color, based on the intensity represented by hex number AA and the current HTML_COLORSTYLE_* settings.

Definition at line 6275 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (str.isEmpty()) return QCString();
  std::string result;
  std::string s=str.str();
  static const reg::Ex re(R"(##[0-9A-Fa-f][0-9A-Fa-f])");
  reg::Iterator it(s,re);
  reg::Iterator end;
  int hue   = Config_getInt(HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE);
  int sat   = Config_getInt(HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT);
  int gamma = Config_getInt(HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA);
  size_t sl=s.length();
  size_t p=0;
  for (; it!=end ; ++it)
  {
    const auto &match = *it;
    size_t i = match.position();
    size_t l = match.length();
    if (i>p) result+=s.substr(p,i-p);
    std::string lumStr = match.str().substr(2);
#define HEXTONUM(x) (((x)>='0' && (x)<='9') ? ((x)-'0') :       \
                     ((x)>='a' && (x)<='f') ? ((x)-'a'+10) :    \
                     ((x)>='A' && (x)<='F') ? ((x)-'A'+10) : 0)
 
    double r = 0,g = 0,b = 0;
    int level = HEXTONUM(lumStr[0])*16+HEXTONUM(lumStr[1]);
    ColoredImage::hsl2rgb(hue/360.0,sat/255.0,
                          pow(level/255.0,gamma/100.0),&r,&g,&b);
    int red   = static_cast<int>(r*255.0);
    int green = static_cast<int>(g*255.0);
    int blue  = static_cast<int>(b*255.0);
    char colStr[8];
    colStr[0]='#';
    colStr[1]=hex[red>>4];
    colStr[2]=hex[red&0xf];
    colStr[3]=hex[green>>4];
    colStr[4]=hex[green&0xf];
    colStr[5]=hex[blue>>4];
    colStr[6]=hex[blue&0xf];
    colStr[7]=0;
    //printf("replacing %s->%s (level=%d)\n",qPrint(lumStr),colStr,level);
    result+=colStr;
    p=i+l;
  }
  if (p<sl) result+=s.substr(p);
  return QCString(result);
}

References Config_getInt, end(), hex, HEXTONUM, ColoredImage::hsl2rgb(), QCString::isEmpty(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by ResourceMgr::copyResourceAs(), fillColorStyleMaps(), HtmlGenerator::init(), and writeDefaultStyleSheet().

◆ resolveLink()

bool resolveLink	(	const QCString &	scName,
		const QCString &	lr,
		bool	inSeeBlock,
		const Definition **	resContext,
		QCString &	resAnchor,
		SrcLangExt	lang,
		const QCString &	prefix )

Definition at line 3245 of file util.cpp.

{
  *resContext=nullptr;
 
  QCString linkRef=lr;
  if (lang==SrcLangExt::CSharp)
  {
    linkRef = mangleCSharpGenericName(linkRef);
  }
  QCString linkRefWithoutTemplates = stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope(linkRef,FALSE);
  AUTO_TRACE("scName='{}',ref='{}'",scName,lr);
  const FileDef  *fd = nullptr;
  const GroupDef *gd = nullptr;
  const PageDef  *pd = nullptr;
  const ClassDef *cd = nullptr;
  const DirDef   *dir = nullptr;
  const ConceptDef *cnd = nullptr;
  const ModuleDef *modd = nullptr;
  const NamespaceDef *nd = nullptr;
  const SectionInfo *si = nullptr;
  bool ambig = false;
  if (linkRef.isEmpty()) // no reference name!
  {
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("no_ref");
    return FALSE;
  }
  else if ((pd=Doxygen::pageLinkedMap->find(linkRef))) // link to a page
  {
    gd = pd->getGroupDef();
    if (gd)
    {
      if (!pd->name().isEmpty()) si=SectionManager::instance().find(pd->name());
      *resContext=gd;
      if (si) resAnchor = si->label();
    }
    else
    {
      *resContext=pd;
    }
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("page");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((si=SectionManager::instance().find(prefix+linkRef)))
  {
    *resContext=si->definition();
    resAnchor = si->label();
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("section");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((pd=Doxygen::exampleLinkedMap->find(linkRef))) // link to an example
  {
    *resContext=pd;
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("example");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((gd=Doxygen::groupLinkedMap->find(linkRef))) // link to a group
  {
    *resContext=gd;
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("group");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((fd=findFileDef(Doxygen::inputNameLinkedMap,linkRef,ambig)) // file link
      && fd->isLinkable())
  {
    *resContext=fd;
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("file");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((cd=getClass(linkRef))) // class link
  {
    *resContext=cd;
    resAnchor=cd->anchor();
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("class");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if (lang==SrcLangExt::Java &&
           (cd=getClass(linkRefWithoutTemplates))) // Java generic class link
  {
    *resContext=cd;
    resAnchor=cd->anchor();
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("generic");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((cd=getClass(linkRef+"-p"))) // Obj-C protocol link
  {
    *resContext=cd;
    resAnchor=cd->anchor();
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("protocol");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((cnd=getConcept(linkRef))) // C++20 concept definition
  {
    *resContext=cnd;
    resAnchor=cnd->anchor();
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("concept");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((modd=ModuleManager::instance().modules().find(linkRef)))
  {
    *resContext=modd;
    resAnchor=modd->anchor();
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("module");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((nd=Doxygen::namespaceLinkedMap->find(linkRef)))
  {
    *resContext=nd;
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("namespace");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((dir=Doxygen::dirLinkedMap->find(FileInfo(linkRef.str()).absFilePath()+"/"))
      && dir->isLinkable()) // TODO: make this location independent like filedefs
  {
    *resContext=dir;
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("directory");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else // probably a member reference
  {
    const MemberDef *md = nullptr;
    bool res = resolveRef(scName,lr,TRUE,resContext,&md,lang);
    if (md) resAnchor=md->anchor();
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("member? res={}",res);
    return res;
  }
}

References FileInfo::absFilePath(), Definition::anchor(), AUTO_TRACE, AUTO_TRACE_EXIT, CSharp, SectionInfo::definition(), Doxygen::dirLinkedMap, Doxygen::exampleLinkedMap, FALSE, LinkedMap< T, Hash, KeyEqual, Map >::find(), findFileDef(), getClass(), getConcept(), PageDef::getGroupDef(), Doxygen::groupLinkedMap, Doxygen::inputNameLinkedMap, ModuleManager::instance(), SectionManager::instance(), QCString::isEmpty(), Definition::isLinkable(), Java, SectionInfo::label(), mangleCSharpGenericName(), Definition::name(), Doxygen::namespaceLinkedMap, Doxygen::pageLinkedMap, prefix, resolveRef(), QCString::str(), stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope(), and TRUE.

Referenced by DocLink::DocLink(), and DocRef::DocRef().

◆ resolveRef()

bool resolveRef	(	const QCString &	scName,
		const QCString &	name,
		bool	inSeeBlock,
		const Definition **	resContext,
		const MemberDef **	resMember,
		SrcLangExt	lang,
		bool	lookForSpecialization,
		const FileDef *	currentFile,
		bool	checkScope )

Returns an object to reference to given its name and context

Postcondition: return value TRUE implies *resContext!=0 or *resMember!=0

Definition at line 2964 of file util.cpp.

{
  AUTO_TRACE("scope={} name={} inSeeBlock={}",scName,name,inSeeBlock);
  //printf("resolveRef(scope=%s,name=%s,inSeeBlock=%d)\n",qPrint(scName),qPrint(name),inSeeBlock);
  QCString tsName = name;
  //bool memberScopeFirst = tsName.find('#')!=-1;
  QCString fullName = substitute(tsName,"#","::");
  if (fullName.find("anonymous_namespace{")==-1)
  {
    fullName = removeRedundantWhiteSpace(substitute(fullName,".","::",3));
  }
  else
  {
    fullName = removeRedundantWhiteSpace(fullName);
  }
 
  int templStartPos;
  if (lang==SrcLangExt::CSharp && (templStartPos=fullName.find('<'))!=-1)
  {
    int templEndPos = fullName.findRev('>');
    if (templEndPos!=-1)
    {
      fullName = mangleCSharpGenericName(fullName.left(templEndPos+1))+fullName.mid(templEndPos+1);
      AUTO_TRACE_ADD("C# mangled name='{}'",fullName);
    }
  }
 
  int bracePos=findParameterList(fullName);
  int endNamePos=bracePos!=-1 ? bracePos : static_cast<int>(fullName.length());
  int scopePos=fullName.findRev("::",endNamePos);
  bool explicitScope = fullName.startsWith("::") &&   // ::scope or #scope
                       (scopePos>2 ||                 // ::N::A
                        tsName.startsWith("::") ||    // ::foo in local scope
                        scName==nullptr                     // #foo  in global scope
                       );
  bool allowTypeOnly=false;
 
  // default result values
  *resContext=nullptr;
  *resMember=nullptr;
 
  if (bracePos==-1) // simple name
  {
    // the following if() was commented out for releases in the range
    // 1.5.2 to 1.6.1, but has been restored as a result of bug report 594787.
    if (!inSeeBlock && scopePos==-1 && isLowerCase(tsName))
    { // link to lower case only name => do not try to autolink
      AUTO_TRACE_ADD("false");
      return FALSE;
    }
 
    ClassDef *cd=nullptr;
    NamespaceDef *nd=nullptr;
    ConceptDef *cnd=nullptr;
    ModuleDef *modd=nullptr;
 
    //printf("scName=%s fullName=%s\n",qPrint(scName),qPrint(fullName));
 
    // check if this is a class or namespace reference
    if (scName!=fullName && getScopeDefs(scName,fullName,cd,cnd,nd,modd))
    {
      //printf("found scopeDef\n");
      if (cd) // scope matches that of a class
      {
        *resContext = cd;
      }
      else if (cnd)
      {
        *resContext = cnd;
      }
      else if (modd)
      {
        *resContext = modd;
      }
      else // scope matches that of a namespace
      {
        ASSERT(nd!=nullptr);
        *resContext = nd;
      }
      AUTO_TRACE_ADD("true");
      return TRUE;
    }
    else if (scName==fullName || (!inSeeBlock && scopePos==-1))
      // nothing to link => output plain text
    {
      //printf("found scName=%s fullName=%s scName==fullName=%d "
      //    "inSeeBlock=%d scopePos=%d!\n",
      //    qPrint(scName),qPrint(fullName),scName==fullName,inSeeBlock,scopePos);
 
      // at this point we have a bare word that is not a class or namespace
      // we should also allow typedefs or enums to be linked, but not for instance member
      // functions, otherwise 'Foo' would always link to the 'Foo()' constructor instead of the
      // 'Foo' class. So we use this flag as a filter.
      allowTypeOnly=true;
    }
 
    // continue search...
  }
 
  // extract userscope+name
  QCString nameStr=fullName.left(endNamePos);
  if (explicitScope) nameStr=nameStr.mid(2);
 
 
  // extract arguments
  QCString argsStr;
  if (bracePos!=-1) argsStr=fullName.right(fullName.length()-bracePos);
 
  // strip template specifier
  // TODO: match against the correct partial template instantiation
  int templPos=nameStr.find('<');
  bool tryUnspecializedVersion = FALSE;
  if (templPos!=-1 && nameStr.find("operator")==-1)
  {
    int endTemplPos=nameStr.findRev('>');
    if (endTemplPos!=-1)
    {
      if (!lookForSpecialization)
      {
        nameStr=nameStr.left(templPos)+nameStr.right(nameStr.length()-endTemplPos-1);
      }
      else
      {
        tryUnspecializedVersion = TRUE;
      }
    }
  }
 
  QCString scopeStr=scName;
  if (nameStr.length()>scopeStr.length() && leftScopeMatch(scopeStr,nameStr))
  {
    nameStr=nameStr.mid(scopeStr.length()+2);
  }
 
  const GroupDef     *gd = nullptr;
  const ConceptDef   *cnd = nullptr;
  const ModuleDef    *modd = nullptr;
 
  // check if nameStr is a member or global.
  //printf("getDefs(scope=%s,name=%s,args=%s checkScope=%d)\n",
  //    qPrint(scopeStr), qPrint(nameStr), qPrint(argsStr),checkScope);
  GetDefInput input(scopeStr,nameStr,argsStr);
  input.forceEmptyScope = explicitScope;
  input.currentFile = currentFile;
  input.checkCV = true;
  GetDefResult result = getDefs(input);
  if (result.found)
  {
    //printf("after getDefs checkScope=%d nameStr=%s\n",checkScope,qPrint(nameStr));
    if (checkScope && result.md && result.md->getOuterScope()==Doxygen::globalScope &&
        !result.md->isStrongEnumValue() &&
        (!scopeStr.isEmpty() || nameStr.find("::")>0))
    {
      // we did find a member, but it is a global one while we were explicitly
      // looking for a scoped variable. See bug 616387 for an example why this check is needed.
      // note we do need to support autolinking to "::symbol" hence the >0
      //printf("not global member!\n");
      *resContext=nullptr;
      *resMember=nullptr;
      AUTO_TRACE_ADD("false");
      return FALSE;
    }
    //printf("after getDefs md=%p cd=%p fd=%p nd=%p gd=%p\n",md,cd,fd,nd,gd);
    if (result.md)
    {
      if (!allowTypeOnly || result.md->isTypedef() || result.md->isEnumerate())
      {
        *resMember=result.md;
        *resContext=result.md;
      }
      else // md is not a type, but we explicitly expect one
      {
        *resContext=nullptr;
        *resMember=nullptr;
        AUTO_TRACE_ADD("false");
        return FALSE;
      }
    }
    else if (result.cd)   *resContext=result.cd;
    else if (result.nd)   *resContext=result.nd;
    else if (result.fd)   *resContext=result.fd;
    else if (result.gd)   *resContext=result.gd;
    else if (result.cnd)  *resContext=result.cnd;
    else if (result.modd) *resContext=result.modd;
    else
    {
      *resContext=nullptr; *resMember=nullptr;
        AUTO_TRACE_ADD("false");
      return FALSE;
    }
    //printf("member=%s (md=%p) anchor=%s linkable()=%d context=%s\n",
    //    qPrint(md->name()), md, qPrint(md->anchor()), md->isLinkable(), qPrint((*resContext)->name()));
    AUTO_TRACE_ADD("true");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if (inSeeBlock && !nameStr.isEmpty() && (gd=Doxygen::groupLinkedMap->find(nameStr)))
  { // group link
    *resContext=gd;
    AUTO_TRACE_ADD("true");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((cnd=Doxygen::conceptLinkedMap->find(nameStr)))
  {
    *resContext=cnd;
    AUTO_TRACE_ADD("true");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if ((modd=ModuleManager::instance().modules().find(nameStr)))
  {
    *resContext=modd;
    AUTO_TRACE_ADD("true");
    return TRUE;
  }
  else if (tsName.find('.')!=-1) // maybe a link to a file
  {
    bool ambig = false;
    const FileDef *fd=findFileDef(Doxygen::inputNameLinkedMap,tsName,ambig);
    if (fd && !ambig)
    {
      *resContext=fd;
      AUTO_TRACE_ADD("true");
      return TRUE;
    }
  }
 
  if (tryUnspecializedVersion)
  {
    bool b = resolveRef(scName,name,inSeeBlock,resContext,resMember,lang,FALSE,nullptr,checkScope);
    AUTO_TRACE_ADD("{}",b);
    return b;
  }
  if (bracePos!=-1) // Try without parameters as well, could be a constructor invocation
  {
    *resContext=getClass(fullName.left(bracePos));
    if (*resContext)
    {
      AUTO_TRACE_ADD("true");
      return TRUE;
    }
  }
  //printf("resolveRef: %s not found!\n",qPrint(name));
 
  AUTO_TRACE_ADD("false");
  return FALSE;
}

References ASSERT, AUTO_TRACE, AUTO_TRACE_ADD, GetDefResult::cd, GetDefInput::checkCV, GetDefResult::cnd, Doxygen::conceptLinkedMap, CSharp, GetDefInput::currentFile, FALSE, GetDefResult::fd, QCString::find(), findFileDef(), findParameterList(), QCString::findRev(), GetDefInput::forceEmptyScope, GetDefResult::found, GetDefResult::gd, getClass(), getDefs(), Definition::getOuterScope(), getScopeDefs(), Doxygen::globalScope, Doxygen::groupLinkedMap, Doxygen::inputNameLinkedMap, ModuleManager::instance(), QCString::isEmpty(), MemberDef::isEnumerate(), isLowerCase(), MemberDef::isStrongEnumValue(), MemberDef::isTypedef(), QCString::left(), leftScopeMatch(), QCString::length(), mangleCSharpGenericName(), GetDefResult::md, QCString::mid(), GetDefResult::modd, GetDefResult::nd, removeRedundantWhiteSpace(), resolveRef(), QCString::right(), QCString::startsWith(), substitute(), and TRUE.

Referenced by DocParser::handleLinkedWord(), resolveLink(), and resolveRef().

◆ resolveTypeDef()

QCString resolveTypeDef	(	const Definition *	context,
		const QCString &	qualifiedName,
		const Definition **	typedefContext )

Definition at line 384 of file util.cpp.

{
  AUTO_TRACE("context='{}' qualifiedName='{}'",context?context->name():"",qualifiedName);
  QCString result;
  if (qualifiedName.isEmpty())
  {
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("empty name");
    return result;
  }
 
  const Definition *mContext=context;
  if (typedefContext) *typedefContext=context;
 
  // see if the qualified name has a scope part
  if (qualifiedName.find('<')!=-1)
  {
    AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("template");
    return result;
  }
  int scopeIndex = qualifiedName.findRev("::");
  QCString resName=qualifiedName;
  if (scopeIndex!=-1) // strip scope part for the name
  {
    resName=qualifiedName.right(qualifiedName.length()-scopeIndex-2);
    if (resName.isEmpty())
    {
      AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("invalid format");
      return result;
    }
  }
  const MemberDef *md=nullptr;
  while (mContext && md==nullptr)
  {
    // step 1: get the right scope
    const Definition *resScope=mContext;
    if (scopeIndex!=-1)
    {
      // split-off scope part
      QCString resScopeName = qualifiedName.left(scopeIndex);
      //printf("resScopeName='%s'\n",qPrint(resScopeName));
 
      // look-up scope in context
      int is=0,ps=0,l=0;
      while ((is=getScopeFragment(resScopeName,ps,&l))!=-1)
      {
        QCString qualScopePart = resScopeName.mid(is,l);
        QCString tmp = resolveTypeDef(mContext,qualScopePart);
        if (!tmp.isEmpty()) qualScopePart=tmp;
        resScope = resScope->findInnerCompound(qualScopePart);
        //printf("qualScopePart='%s' resScope=%p\n",qPrint(qualScopePart),resScope);
        if (resScope==nullptr) break;
        ps=is+l;
      }
    }
    AUTO_TRACE_ADD("resScope='{}' resName='{}'",resScope?resScope->name():"",resName);
 
    // step 2: get the member
    if (resScope) // no scope or scope found in the current context
    {
      //printf("scope found: %s, look for typedef %s\n",
      //     qPrint(resScope->qualifiedName()),qPrint(resName));
      MemberNameLinkedMap *mnd=nullptr;
      bool searchRelated=false;
      bool mustBeRelated=false;
      if (resScope->definitionType()==Definition::TypeClass)
      {
        mnd=Doxygen::memberNameLinkedMap;
      }
      else
      {
        mnd=Doxygen::functionNameLinkedMap;
        searchRelated=true;
      }
      MemberName *mn=mnd->find(resName);
      if (mn==0 && searchRelated)
      {
        mn=Doxygen::memberNameLinkedMap->find(resName);
        mustBeRelated=true;
      }
      if (mn)
      {
        int minDist=-1;
        for (const auto &tmd_p : *mn)
        {
          const MemberDef *tmd = tmd_p.get();
          AUTO_TRACE_ADD("found candidate member '{}' isTypeDef={}' isRelated={} mustBeRelated={}",
              tmd->name(),tmd->isTypedef(),tmd->isRelated(),mustBeRelated);
          //printf("Found member %s resScope=%s outerScope=%s mContext=%p\n",
          //    qPrint(tmd->name()),qPrint( resScope->name()),
          //    qPrint(tmd->getOuterScope()->name()), mContext);
          if (tmd->isTypedef())
          {
            if (resScope==Doxygen::globalScope && tmd->isRelated() && mustBeRelated)
            {
              md = tmd;
            }
            else
            {
              SymbolResolver resolver;
              int dist=resolver.isAccessibleFrom(resScope,tmd);
              if (dist!=-1 && (md==nullptr || dist<minDist))
              {
                md = tmd;
                minDist = dist;
              }
            }
          }
        }
      }
    }
    mContext=mContext->getOuterScope();
  }
 
  AUTO_TRACE_ADD("md='{}'",md?md->name():"");
  // step 3: get the member's type
  if (md)
  {
    //printf(">>resolveTypeDef: Found typedef name '%s' in scope '%s' value='%s' args='%s'\n",
    //    qPrint(qualifiedName),qPrint(context->name()),qPrint(md->typeString()),qPrint(md->argsString())
    //    );
    result=md->typeString();
    QCString args = md->argsString();
    if (args.find(")(")!=-1) // typedef of a function/member pointer
    {
      result+=args;
    }
    else if (args.find('[')!=-1) // typedef of an array
    {
      result+=args;
    }
    if (typedefContext) *typedefContext=md->getOuterScope();
  }
  else
  {
    //printf(">>resolveTypeDef: Typedef '%s' not found in scope '%s'!\n",
    //    qPrint(qualifiedName),context ? qPrint(context->name()) : "<global>");
  }
  AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("result='{}'",result);
  return result;
}

References MemberDef::argsString(), AUTO_TRACE, AUTO_TRACE_ADD, AUTO_TRACE_EXIT, Definition::definitionType(), LinkedMap< T, Hash, KeyEqual, Map >::find(), QCString::find(), Definition::findInnerCompound(), QCString::findRev(), Doxygen::functionNameLinkedMap, Definition::getOuterScope(), getScopeFragment(), Doxygen::globalScope, SymbolResolver::isAccessibleFrom(), QCString::isEmpty(), MemberDef::isRelated(), MemberDef::isTypedef(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), Doxygen::memberNameLinkedMap, QCString::mid(), Definition::name(), resolveTypeDef(), QCString::right(), Definition::TypeClass, and MemberDef::typeString().

Referenced by findUsedClassesForClass(), getCanonicalTemplateSpec(), getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier(), isVarWithConstructor(), and resolveTypeDef().

◆ rightScopeMatch()

bool rightScopeMatch	(	const QCString &	scope,
		const QCString &	name )

Definition at line 881 of file util.cpp.

{
  size_t sl=scope.length();
  size_t nl=name.length();
  return (name==scope || // equal
          (scope.right(nl)==name && // substring
           sl>1+nl && scope.at(sl-nl-1)==':' && scope.at(sl-nl-2)==':' // scope
          )
         );
}

References QCString::at(), QCString::length(), and QCString::right().

Referenced by addMemberFunction(), findScopeFromQualifiedName(), getDefsOld(), and isRecursiveBaseClass().

◆ selectBlocks()

QCString selectBlocks	(	const QCString &	s,
		const SelectionBlockList &	blockList,
		const SelectionMarkerInfo &	markerInfo )

remove disabled blocks and all block markers from s and return the result as a string

Definition at line 6896 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return s;
 
  // helper to find the end of a block
  auto skipBlock = [&markerInfo](const char *p,const SelectionBlock &blk)
  {
    char c = 0;
    while ((c=*p))
    {
      if (c==markerInfo.markerChar && qstrncmp(p,markerInfo.endStr,markerInfo.endLen)==0) // end marker
      {
        size_t len = markerInfo.endLen;
        bool negate = *(p+markerInfo.endLen)=='!';
        if (negate) len++;
        size_t blkNameLen = qstrlen(blk.name);
        if (qstrncmp(p+len,blk.name,blkNameLen)==0 &&                                // matching marker name
            qstrncmp(p+len+blkNameLen,markerInfo.closeStr,markerInfo.closeLen)==0) // matching marker closing
        {
          //printf("Found end marker %s enabled=%d negate=%d\n",blk.name,blk.enabled,negate);
          return p+len+blkNameLen+markerInfo.closeLen;
        }
        else // not the right marker id
        {
          p++;
        }
      }
      else // not and end marker
      {
        p++;
      }
    }
    return p;
  };
 
  QCString result;
  result.reserve(s.length());
  const char *p = s.data();
  char c = 0;
  while ((c=*p))
  {
    if (c==markerInfo.markerChar) // potential start of marker
    {
      if (qstrncmp(p,markerInfo.beginStr,markerInfo.beginLen)==0) // start of begin marker
      {
        bool found = false;
        size_t len = markerInfo.beginLen;
        bool negate = *(p+len)=='!';
        if (negate) len++;
        for (const auto &blk : blockList)
        {
          size_t blkNameLen = qstrlen(blk.name);
          if (qstrncmp(p+len,blk.name,blkNameLen)==0 &&                                // matching marker name
              qstrncmp(p+len+blkNameLen,markerInfo.closeStr,markerInfo.closeLen)==0) // matching marker closing
          {
            bool blockEnabled = blk.enabled!=negate;
            //printf("Found start marker %s enabled=%d negate=%d\n",blk.name,blk.enabled,negate);
            p+=len+blkNameLen+markerInfo.closeLen;
            if (!blockEnabled) // skip until the end of the block
            {
              //printf("skipping block\n");
              p=skipBlock(p,blk);
            }
            found=true;
            break;
          }
        }
        if (!found) // unknown marker id
        {
          result+=c;
          p++;
        }
      }
      else if (qstrncmp(p,markerInfo.endStr,markerInfo.endLen)==0) // start of end marker
      {
        bool found = false;
        size_t len = markerInfo.endLen;
        bool negate = *(p+len)=='!';
        if (negate) len++;
        for (const auto &blk : blockList)
        {
          size_t blkNameLen = qstrlen(blk.name);
          if (qstrncmp(p+len,blk.name,blkNameLen)==0 &&                                // matching marker name
              qstrncmp(p+len+blkNameLen,markerInfo.closeStr,markerInfo.closeLen)==0) // matching marker closing
          {
            //printf("Found end marker %s enabled=%d negate=%d\n",blk.name,blk.enabled,negate);
            p+=len+blkNameLen+markerInfo.closeLen;
            found=true;
            break;
          }
        }
        if (!found) // unknown marker id
        {
          result+=c;
          p++;
        }
      }
      else // not a start or end marker
      {
        result+=c;
        p++;
      }
    }
    else // not a marker character
    {
      result+=c;
      p++;
    }
  }
  //printf("====\n%s\n-----\n%s\n~~~~\n",qPrint(s),qPrint(result));
  return result;
}

References SelectionMarkerInfo::beginLen, SelectionMarkerInfo::beginStr, SelectionMarkerInfo::closeLen, SelectionMarkerInfo::closeStr, QCString::data(), SelectionMarkerInfo::endLen, SelectionMarkerInfo::endStr, found, QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::length(), SelectionMarkerInfo::markerChar, qstrlen(), qstrncmp(), and QCString::reserve().

Referenced by substituteHtmlKeywords(), and substituteLatexKeywords().

◆ showDate()

static QCString showDate ( const QCString & fmt )

static

Definition at line 3628 of file util.cpp.

{
   // get the current date and time
  std::tm dat{};
  int specFormat=0;
  QCString specDate = "";
  QCString err = dateTimeFromString(specDate,dat,specFormat);
 
  // do the conversion
  int usedFormat=0;
  return formatDateTime(fmt,dat,usedFormat);
}

References dateTimeFromString(), err, and formatDateTime().

Referenced by substituteKeywords().

◆ showFileDefMatches()

QCString showFileDefMatches	(	const FileNameLinkedMap *	fnMap,
		const QCString &	n )

Definition at line 3534 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result;
  QCString name=n;
  QCString path;
  int slashPos=std::max(name.findRev('/'),name.findRev('\\'));
  if (slashPos!=-1)
  {
    path=name.left(slashPos+1);
    name=name.right(name.length()-slashPos-1);
  }
  const FileName *fn=fnMap->find(name);
  if (fn)
  {
    bool first = true;
    for (const auto &fd : *fn)
    {
      if (path.isEmpty() || fd->getPath().right(path.length())==path)
      {
        if (!first) result += "\n";
        else first = false;
        result+="  "+fd->absFilePath();
      }
    }
  }
  return result;
}

References LinkedMap< T, Hash, KeyEqual, Map >::find(), QCString::findRev(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), and QCString::right().

Referenced by addIncludeFile(), buildFileList(), DocParser::findAndCopyImage(), DocDiaFile::parse(), DocDotFile::parse(), DocMscFile::parse(), DocPlantUmlFile::parse(), readIncludeFile(), DocParser::readTextFileByName(), and readTextFileByName().

◆ split() [1/2]

StringVector split	(	const std::string &	s,
		const reg::Ex &	delimiter )

split input string s by regular expression delimiter delimiter.

returns a vector of non-empty strings that are between the delimiters

Definition at line 7122 of file util.cpp.

{
  StringVector result;
  reg::Iterator iter(s, delimiter);
  reg::Iterator end;
  size_t p=0;
  for ( ; iter != end; ++iter)
  {
    const auto &match = *iter;
    size_t i=match.position();
    size_t l=match.length();
    if (i>p) result.push_back(s.substr(p,i-p));
    p=i+l;
  }
  if (p<s.length()) result.push_back(s.substr(p));
  return result;
}

References end().

◆ split() [2/2]

StringVector split	(	const std::string &	s,
		const std::string &	delimiter )

split input string s by string delimiter delimiter.

returns a vector of non-empty strings that are between the delimiters

Definition at line 7105 of file util.cpp.

{
  StringVector result;
  size_t prev = 0, pos = 0, len = s.length();
  do
  {
    pos = s.find(delimiter, prev);
    if (pos == std::string::npos) pos = len;
    if (pos>prev) result.push_back(s.substr(prev,pos-prev));
    prev = pos + delimiter.length();
  }
  while (pos<len && prev<len);
  return result;
}

Referenced by VHDLOutlineParser::addProto(), VHDLOutlineParser::addVhdlType(), FlowChart::alignCommentNode(), VHDLOutlineParser::checkInlineCode(), checkVhdlString(), VHDLOutlineParser::createFunction(), VhdlDocGen::findArchitecture(), getFilteredImageAttributes(), VhdlDocGen::getIndexWord(), DocPara::handleCommand(), DocParser::handleImage(), DocPara::handleInclude(), Qhp::initialize(), VhdlDocGen::parseForBinding(), VhdlDocGen::parseForConfig(), parseIncludeOptions(), writeFuncProto(), VhdlDocGen::writeInlineClassLink(), and VhdlDocGen::writeRecUnitDocu().

◆ stackTrace()

void stackTrace ( )

Definition at line 5933 of file util.cpp.

{
#ifdef TRACINGSUPPORT
  void *backtraceFrames[128];
  int frameCount = backtrace(backtraceFrames, 128);
  const size_t cmdLen = 40960;
  static char cmd[cmdLen];
  char *p = cmd;
  p += qsnprintf(p,cmdLen,"/usr/bin/atos -p %d ", (int)getpid());
  for (int x = 0; x < frameCount; x++)
  {
    p += qsnprintf(p,cmdLen,"%p ", backtraceFrames[x]);
  }
  fprintf(stderr,"========== STACKTRACE START ==============\n");
  if (FILE *fp = Portable::popen(cmd, "r"))
  {
    char resBuf[512];
    while (size_t len = fread(resBuf, 1, sizeof(resBuf), fp))
    {
      fwrite(resBuf, 1, len, stderr);
    }
    Portable::pclose(fp);
  }
  fprintf(stderr,"============ STACKTRACE END ==============\n");
  //fprintf(stderr,"%s\n", frameStrings[x]);
#endif
}

References Portable::pclose(), Portable::popen(), and qsnprintf.

◆ stripAnonymousNamespaceScope()

QCString stripAnonymousNamespaceScope ( const QCString & s )

Definition at line 241 of file util.cpp.

{
  int i=0,p=0,l=0;
  QCString newScope;
  int sl = static_cast<int>(s.length());
  while ((i=getScopeFragment(s,p,&l))!=-1)
  {
    //printf("Scope fragment %s\n",qPrint(s.mid(i,l)));
    if (Doxygen::namespaceLinkedMap->find(s.left(i+l))!=nullptr)
    {
      if (s.at(i)!='@')
      {
        if (!newScope.isEmpty()) newScope+="::";
        newScope+=s.mid(i,l);
      }
    }
    else if (i<sl)
    {
      if (!newScope.isEmpty()) newScope+="::";
      newScope+=s.right(sl-i);
      goto done;
    }
    p=i+l;
  }
done:
  //printf("stripAnonymousNamespaceScope('%s')='%s'\n",qPrint(s),qPrint(newScope));
  return newScope;
}

References QCString::at(), getScopeFragment(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), QCString::mid(), Doxygen::namespaceLinkedMap, and QCString::right().

Referenced by addMemberFunction(), addPageToContext(), addVariable(), buildNamespaceList(), computeTemplateClassRelations(), extractClassName(), findGroupScope(), findUsingDeclImports(), findUsingDirectives(), MemberDefImpl::getClassDefOfAnonymousType(), and resolveClassNestingRelations().

◆ stripDeclKeywords()

static QCString stripDeclKeywords ( const QCString & s )

static

Definition at line 1561 of file util.cpp.

{
  int i=s.find(" class ");
  if (i!=-1) return s.left(i)+s.mid(i+6);
  i=s.find(" typename ");
  if (i!=-1) return s.left(i)+s.mid(i+9);
  i=s.find(" union ");
  if (i!=-1) return s.left(i)+s.mid(i+6);
  i=s.find(" struct ");
  if (i!=-1) return s.left(i)+s.mid(i+7);
  return s;
}

References QCString::find(), QCString::left(), and QCString::mid().

Referenced by getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier().

◆ stripExtension()

QCString stripExtension ( const QCString & fName )

Definition at line 5421 of file util.cpp.

{
  return stripExtensionGeneral(fName, Doxygen::htmlFileExtension);
}

References Doxygen::htmlFileExtension, and stripExtensionGeneral().

Referenced by anonymous_namespace{tagreader.cpp}::TagFileParser::buildLists(), ClassDefImpl::ClassDefImpl(), and MemberDefImpl::setTagInfo().

◆ stripExtensionGeneral()

QCString stripExtensionGeneral	(	const QCString &	fName,
		const QCString &	ext )

Definition at line 5411 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result=fName;
  if (result.right(ext.length())==ext)
  {
    result=result.left(result.length()-ext.length());
  }
  return result;
}

References QCString::left(), QCString::length(), and QCString::right().

Referenced by TooltipManager::addTooltip(), anonymous_namespace{tagreader.cpp}::TagFileParser::buildLists(), extraLatexStyleSheet(), MarkdownOutlineParser::parseInput(), stripExtension(), DocbookCodeGenerator::writeCodeLinkLine(), LatexCodeGenerator::writeLineNumber(), and RTFCodeGenerator::writeLineNumber().

◆ stripFromIncludePath()

QCString stripFromIncludePath ( const QCString & path )

strip part of path if it matches one of the paths in the Config_getList(INCLUDE_PATH) list

Definition at line 340 of file util.cpp.

{
  return stripFromPath(path,Config_getList(STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH));
}

References Config_getList, and stripFromPath().

Referenced by addIncludeFile(), and findFileDef().

◆ stripFromPath() [1/2]

static QCString stripFromPath	(	const QCString &	p,
		const StringVector &	l )

static

Definition at line 309 of file util.cpp.

{
  // look at all the strings in the list and strip the longest match
  QCString potential;
  QCString path=removeLongPathMarker(p);
  size_t length = 0;
  for (const auto &s : l)
  {
    QCString prefix = s.c_str();
    if (prefix.length() > length &&
        qstricmp(path.left(prefix.length()),prefix)==0) // case insensitive compare
    {
      length = prefix.length();
      potential = path.right(path.length()-prefix.length());
    }
  }
  if (length>0) return potential;
  return path;
}

References QCString::left(), QCString::length(), prefix, qstricmp(), removeLongPathMarker(), and QCString::right().

Referenced by Config::checkAndCorrect(), DirDefImpl::DirDefImpl(), FileDefImpl::FileDefImpl(), generateAnonymousAnchor(), generateXMLForClass(), generateXMLForConcept(), generateXMLForDir(), generateXMLForFile(), generateXMLForMember(), generateXMLForModule(), generateXMLForNamespace(), generateXMLForPage(), handleFileInfoResult(), insertPath(), markdownFileNameToId(), MarkdownOutlineParser::parseInput(), ModuleManager::resolveImports(), ClassDefImpl::showUsedFiles(), stripFromIncludePath(), stripFromPath(), ModuleDefImpl::writeFiles(), writeSingleFileIndex(), DirDefImpl::writeTagFile(), and FileDefImpl::writeTagFile().

◆ stripFromPath() [2/2]

QCString stripFromPath ( const QCString & path )

strip part of path if it matches one of the paths in the Config_getList(STRIP_FROM_PATH) list

Definition at line 332 of file util.cpp.

{
  return stripFromPath(path,Config_getList(STRIP_FROM_PATH));
}

References Config_getList, and stripFromPath().

◆ stripIndentation()

QCString stripIndentation	(	const QCString &	s,
		bool	skipFirstLine )

Definition at line 6438 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return s; // empty string -> we're done
 
  //printf("stripIndentation:\n%s\n------\n",qPrint(s));
  // compute minimum indentation over all lines
  const char *p=s.data();
  char c=0;
  int indent=0;
  int minIndent=1000000; // "infinite"
  bool searchIndent=true;
  int tabSize=Config_getInt(TAB_SIZE);
  bool skipFirst = skipFirstLine;
  while ((c=*p++))
  {
    if      (c=='\t') indent+=tabSize - (indent%tabSize);
    else if (c=='\n') indent=0,searchIndent=true,skipFirst=false;
    else if (c==' ')  indent++;
    else if (searchIndent && !skipFirst)
    {
      searchIndent=false;
      if (indent<minIndent) minIndent=indent;
    }
  }
 
  // no indent to remove -> we're done
  if (minIndent==0) return substitute(s,"@ilinebr","\\ilinebr");
 
  // remove minimum indentation for each line
  TextStream result;
  p=s.data();
  indent=0;
  skipFirst=skipFirstLine;
  while ((c=*p++))
  {
    if (c=='\n') // start of new line
    {
      indent=0;
      result << c;
      skipFirst=false;
    }
    else if (indent<minIndent && !skipFirst) // skip until we reach minIndent
    {
      if (c=='\t')
      {
        int newIndent = indent+tabSize-(indent%tabSize);
        int i=newIndent;
        while (i>minIndent) // if a tab crosses the minIndent boundary fill the rest with spaces
        {
          result << ' ';
          i--;
        }
        indent=newIndent;
      }
      else // space
      {
        indent++;
      }
    }
    else if (c=='\\' && literal_at(p,"ilinebr "))
      // we also need to remove the indentation after a \ilinebr command at the end of a line
    {
      result << "\\ilinebr ";
      p+=8;
      int skipAmount=0;
      for (int j=0;j<minIndent;j++) if (*(p+j)==' ') skipAmount++; // test to see if we have the indent
      if (skipAmount==minIndent)
      {
        p+=skipAmount; // remove the indent
      }
    }
    else if (c=='@' && literal_at(p,"ilinebr"))
    {
      result << "\\ilinebr";
      p+=7;
    }
    else // copy anything until the end of the line
    {
      result << c;
    }
  }
 
  //printf("stripIndentation: result=\n%s\n------\n",qPrint(result.str()));
 
  return result.str();
}

References Config_getInt, QCString::data(), QCString::isEmpty(), literal_at(), TextStream::str(), and substitute().

Referenced by handleCommentBlock(), handleCommentBlock(), handleCommentBlock(), handleParametersCommentBlocks(), DocPara::handleStartCode(), and MarkdownOutlineParser::parseInput().

◆ stripIndentationVerbatim()

void stripIndentationVerbatim	(	QCString &	doc,
		const int	indentationLevel )

Definition at line 6526 of file util.cpp.

{
  //printf("stripIndentationVerbatim(level=%d):\n%s\n------\n",indentationLevel,qPrint(doc));
  if (indentationLevel <= 0 || doc.isEmpty()) return; // nothing to strip
 
  // by stripping content the string will only become shorter so we write the results
  // back into the input string and then resize it at the end.
  char c = 0;
  const char *src = doc.data();
  char *dst = doc.rawData();
  bool insideIndent = false; // skip the initial line from stripping
  int cnt = 0;
  while ((c=*src++))
  {
    // invariant: dst<=src
    switch(c)
    {
      case '\n':
        *dst++ = c;
        insideIndent = true;
        cnt = indentationLevel;
        break;
      case ' ':
        if (insideIndent)
        {
          if (cnt>0) // count down the spacing until the end of the indent
          {
            cnt--;
          }
          else // reached the end of the indent, start of the part of the line to keep
          {
            insideIndent = false;
            *dst++ = c;
          }
        }
        else // part after indent, copy to the output
        {
          *dst++ = c;
        }
        break;
      default:
        insideIndent = false;
        *dst++ = c;
        break;
    }
  }
  doc.resize(static_cast<uint32_t>(dst-doc.data()));
  //printf("stripIndentationVerbatim: result=\n%s\n------\n",qPrint(doc));
}

References QCString::data(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::rawData(), and QCString::resize().

◆ stripIrrelevantConstVolatile()

void stripIrrelevantConstVolatile ( QCString & s )

According to the C++ spec and Ivan Vecerina:

Parameter declarations that differ only in the presence or absence of const and/or volatile are equivalent.

So the following example, show what is stripped by this routine for const. The same is done for volatile.

For Java code we also strip the "final" keyword, see bug 765070.

const T param     ->   T param          // not relevant
const T& param    ->   const T& param   // const needed
T* const param    ->   T* param         // not relevant
const T* param    ->   const T* param   // const needed

Definition at line 1551 of file util.cpp.

{
  //printf("stripIrrelevantConstVolatile(%s)=",qPrint(s));
  stripIrrelevantString(s,"const");
  stripIrrelevantString(s,"volatile");
  stripIrrelevantString(s,"final");
  //printf("%s\n",qPrint(s));
}

References stripIrrelevantString().

Referenced by extractCanonicalType(), and matchArgument2().

◆ stripIrrelevantString()

static void stripIrrelevantString	(	QCString &	target,
		const QCString &	str )

static

Definition at line 1500 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (target==str) { target.clear(); return; }
  int i=0,p=0;
  int l=static_cast<int>(str.length());
  bool changed=FALSE;
  while ((i=target.find(str,p))!=-1)
  {
    bool isMatch = (i==0 || !isId(target.at(i-1))) && // not a character before str
      (i+l==static_cast<int>(target.length()) || !isId(target.at(i+l))); // not a character after str
    if (isMatch)
    {
      int i1=target.find('*',i+l);
      int i2=target.find('&',i+l);
      if (i1==-1 && i2==-1)
      {
        // strip str from target at index i
        target=target.left(i)+target.right(target.length()-i-l);
        changed=TRUE;
        i-=l;
      }
      else if ((i1!=-1 && i<i1) || (i2!=-1 && i<i2)) // str before * or &
      {
        // move str to front
        target=str+" "+target.left(i)+target.right(target.length()-i-l);
        changed=TRUE;
        i++;
      }
    }
    p = i+l;
  }
  if (changed) target=target.stripWhiteSpace();
}

References QCString::at(), QCString::clear(), FALSE, QCString::find(), isId(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), QCString::right(), QCString::stripWhiteSpace(), and TRUE.

Referenced by stripIrrelevantConstVolatile().

◆ stripLeadingAndTrailingEmptyLines()

QCString stripLeadingAndTrailingEmptyLines	(	const QCString &	s,
		int &	docLine )

Special version of QCString::stripWhiteSpace() that only strips completely blank lines.

Parameters

s	the string to be stripped
docLine	the line number corresponding to the start of the string. This will be adjusted based on the number of lines stripped from the start.

Returns: The stripped string.

Definition at line 5524 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return QCString();
  const char *p = s.data();
 
  // search for leading empty lines
  int i=0,li=-1,l=static_cast<int>(s.length());
  char c = 0;
  while ((c=*p))
  {
    if (c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\r') i++,p++;
    else if (c=='\\' && literal_at(p,"\\ilinebr")) i+=8,li=i,p+=8;
    else if (c=='\n') i++,li=i,docLine++,p++;
    else break;
  }
 
  // search for trailing empty lines
  int b=l-1,bi=-1;
  p=s.data()+b;
  while (b>=0)
  {
    c=*p;
    if (c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\r') b--,p--;
    else if (c=='r' && b>=7 && literal_at(p-7,"\\ilinebr")) bi=b-7,b-=8,p-=8;
    else if (c=='>' && b>=11 && literal_at(p-11,"\\ilinebr<br>")) bi=b-11,b-=12,p-=12;
    else if (c=='\n') bi=b,b--,p--;
    else break;
  }
 
  // return whole string if no leading or trailing lines where found
  if (li==-1 && bi==-1) return s;
 
  // return substring
  if (bi==-1) bi=l;
  if (li==-1) li=0;
  if (bi<=li) return QCString(); // only empty lines
  //printf("docLine='%s' len=%d li=%d bi=%d\n",qPrint(s),s.length(),li,bi);
  return s.mid(li,bi-li);
}

References QCString::data(), QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::length(), literal_at(), and QCString::mid().

Referenced by DefinitionImpl::_setBriefDescription(), DocGroup::addDocs(), VHDLOutlineParser::checkInlineCode(), DocPara::handleCommand(), CommentScanner::parseCommentBlock(), and toDefinition().

◆ stripPath()

QCString stripPath ( const QCString & s )

Definition at line 5448 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result=s;
  int i=result.findRev('/');
  if (i!=-1)
  {
    result=result.mid(i+1);
  }
  i=result.findRev('\\');
  if (i!=-1)
  {
    result=result.mid(i+1);
  }
  return result;
}

References QCString::findRev(), and QCString::mid().

◆ stripScope()

QCString stripScope ( const QCString & name )

Strips the scope from a name. Examples: A::B will return A and A<T>::B<N::C<D> > will return A<T>.

Definition at line 4279 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result = name;
  int l = static_cast<int>(result.length());
  int p = 0;
  bool done = FALSE;
  bool skipBracket=FALSE; // if brackets do not match properly, ignore them altogether
  int count=0;
  int round=0;
 
  do
  {
    p=l-1; // start at the end of the string
    while (p>=0 && count>=0)
    {
      char c=result.at(p);
      switch (c)
      {
        case ':':
          // only exit in the case of ::
          //printf("stripScope(%s)=%s\n",name,qPrint(result.right(l-p-1)));
          if (p>0 && result.at(p-1)==':' && (count==0 || skipBracket))
          {
            return result.right(l-p-1);
          }
          p--;
          break;
        case '>':
          if (skipBracket) // we don't care about brackets
          {
            p--;
          }
          else // count open/close brackets
          {
            if (p>0 && result.at(p-1)=='>') // skip >> operator
            {
              p-=2;
              break;
            }
            count=1;
            //printf("pos < = %d\n",p);
            p--;
            bool foundMatch=false;
            while (p>=0 && !foundMatch)
            {
              c=result.at(p--);
              switch (c)
              {
                case ')':
                  round++;
                  break;
                case '(':
                  round--;
                  break;
                case '>': // ignore > inside (...) to support e.g. (sizeof(T)>0) inside template parameters
                  if (round==0) count++;
                  break;
                case '<':
                  if (round==0)
                  {
                    if (p>0)
                    {
                      if (result.at(p-1) == '<') // skip << operator
                      {
                        p--;
                        break;
                      }
                    }
                    count--;
                    foundMatch = count==0;
                  }
                  break;
                default:
                  //printf("c=%c count=%d\n",c,count);
                  break;
              }
            }
          }
          //printf("pos > = %d\n",p+1);
          break;
        default:
          p--;
      }
    }
    done = count==0 || skipBracket; // reparse if brackets do not match
    skipBracket=TRUE;
  }
  while (!done); // if < > unbalanced repeat ignoring them
  //printf("stripScope(%s)=%s\n",name,name);
  return name;
}

References QCString::at(), FALSE, QCString::length(), QCString::right(), and TRUE.

Referenced by DotClassGraph::addClass(), DocRef::DocRef(), generateJSLink(), getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier(), DefinitionImpl::Private::init(), DiagramItem::label(), NamespaceDefImpl::writeBriefDescription(), and ClassDefImpl::writeIncludeFilesForSlice().

◆ stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope()

QCString stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope	(	const QCString &	fullName,
		bool	parentOnly,
		QCString *	pLastScopeStripped,
		QCString	scopeName,
		bool	allowArtificial )

Strips template specifiers from scope fullName, except those that make up specialized classes. The switch parentOnly determines whether or not a template "at the end" of a scope should be considered, e.g. with parentOnly is TRUE, A<T>::B<S> will try to strip <T> and not <S>, while parentOnly is FALSE will strip both unless A<T> or B<S> are specialized template classes.

Definition at line 5013 of file util.cpp.

{
  //printf("stripTemplateSpecifiersFromScope(name=%s,scopeName=%s)\n",qPrint(fullName),qPrint(scopeName));
  int i=fullName.find('<');
  if (i==-1) return fullName;
  QCString result;
  int p=0;
  int l=static_cast<int>(fullName.length());
  while (i!=-1)
  {
    //printf("1:result+=%s\n",qPrint(fullName.mid(p,i-p)));
    int e=i+1;
    int count=1;
    int round=0;
    while (e<l && count>0)
    {
      char c=fullName.at(e++);
      switch (c)
      {
        case '(': round++; break;
        case ')': if (round>0) round--; break;
        case '<': if (round==0) count++; break;
        case '>': if (round==0) count--; break;
        default:
          break;
      }
    }
    int si= fullName.find("::",e);
 
    if (parentOnly && si==-1) break;
    // we only do the parent scope, so we stop here if needed
 
    result+=fullName.mid(p,i-p);
    //printf("  trying %s\n",qPrint(mergeScopes(scopeName,result+fullName.mid(i,e-i))));
    ClassDef *cd = getClass(mergeScopes(scopeName,result+fullName.mid(i,e-i)));
    if (cd!=nullptr && (allowArtificial || !cd->isArtificial()))
    {
      result+=fullName.mid(i,e-i);
      //printf("  2:result+=%s\n",qPrint(fullName.mid(i,e-i-1)));
    }
    else if (pLastScopeStripped)
    {
      //printf("  last stripped scope '%s'\n",qPrint(fullName.mid(i,e-i)));
      *pLastScopeStripped=fullName.mid(i,e-i);
    }
    p=e;
    i=fullName.find('<',p);
  }
  result+=fullName.right(l-p);
  //printf("3:result+=%s\n",qPrint(fullName.right(l-p)));
  //printf("end result=%s\n",qPrint(result));
  return result;
}

References QCString::at(), QCString::find(), getClass(), Definition::isArtificial(), QCString::length(), mergeScopes(), QCString::mid(), and QCString::right().

Referenced by addClassToContext(), addMemberFunction(), addVariable(), buildFunctionList(), computeTemplateClassRelations(), extractClassName(), findMember(), findScopeFromQualifiedName(), findUsingDeclImports(), getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier(), getDefsOld(), SymbolResolver::Private::getResolvedSymbolRec(), SymbolResolver::Private::getResolvedTypeRec(), SymbolResolver::Private::newResolveTypedef(), and resolveLink().

◆ substituteKeywords() [1/2]

QCString substituteKeywords	(	const QCString &	s,
		const KeywordSubstitutionList &	keywords )

Definition at line 3564 of file util.cpp.

{
  std::string substRes;
  const char *p = s.data();
  if (p)
  {
    // reserve some room for expansion
    substRes.reserve(s.length()+1024);
    char c = 0;
    while ((c=*p))
    {
      bool found = false;
      if (c=='$')
      {
        for (const auto &kw : keywords)
        {
          size_t keyLen = qstrlen(kw.keyword);
          if (qstrncmp(p,kw.keyword,keyLen)==0)
          {
            const char *startArg = p+keyLen;
            bool expectParam = std::holds_alternative<KeywordSubstitution::GetValueWithParam>(kw.getValueVariant);
            //printf("%s: expectParam=%d *startArg=%c\n",kw.keyword,expectParam,*startArg);
            if (expectParam && *startArg=='(') // $key(value)
            {
              size_t j=1;
              const char *endArg = nullptr;
              while ((c=*(startArg+j)) && c!=')' && c!='\n' && c!=0) j++;
              if (c==')') endArg=startArg+j;
              if (endArg)
              {
                QCString value = QCString(startArg+1).left(endArg-startArg-1);
                auto &&getValue = std::get<KeywordSubstitution::GetValueWithParam>(kw.getValueVariant);
                substRes+=getValue(value).str();
                p=endArg+1;
                //printf("found '%s'->'%s'\n",kw.keyword,qPrint(getValue(value)));
              }
              else
              {
                //printf("missing argument\n");
                p+=keyLen;
              }
            }
            else if (!expectParam) // $key
            {
              auto &&getValue = std::get<KeywordSubstitution::GetValue>(kw.getValueVariant);
              substRes+=getValue().str();
              //printf("found '%s'->'%s'\n",kw.keyword,qPrint(getValue()));
              p+=keyLen;
            }
            found = true;
            break;
          }
        }
      }
      if (!found) // copy
      {
        substRes+=c;
        p++;
      }
    }
  }
  return substRes;
}

References QCString::data(), found, QCString::left(), QCString::length(), qstrlen(), and qstrncmp().

Referenced by substituteHtmlKeywords(), substituteKeywords(), and substituteLatexKeywords().

◆ substituteKeywords() [2/2]

QCString substituteKeywords	(	const QCString &	s,
		const QCString &	title,
		const QCString &	projName,
		const QCString &	projNum,
		const QCString &	projBrief )

Definition at line 3707 of file util.cpp.

{
  return substituteKeywords(s,
  {
    // keyword          value getter
    { "$title",           [&]() { return !title.isEmpty() ? title : projName;       } },
    { "$datetime",        [&]() { return dateToString(DateTimeType::DateTime);      } },
    { "$date",            [&]() { return dateToString(DateTimeType::Date);          } },
    { "$time",            [&]() { return dateToString(DateTimeType::Time);          } },
    { "$year",            [&]() { return yearToString();                            } },
    { "$doxygenversion",  [&]() { return getDoxygenVersion();                       } },
    { "$projectname",     [&]() { return projName;                                  } },
    { "$projectnumber",   [&]() { return projNum;                                   } },
    { "$projectbrief",    [&]() { return projBrief;                                 } },
    { "$projectlogo",     [&]() { return stripPath(projectLogoFile());              } },
    { "$logosize",        [&]() { return projectLogoSize();                         } },
    { "$projecticon",     [&]() { return stripPath(Config_getString(PROJECT_ICON)); } },
    { "$langISO",         [&]() { return theTranslator->trISOLang();                } },
    { "$showdate",        [&](const QCString &fmt) { return showDate(fmt);          } }
  });
}

References Config_getString, Date, DateTime, dateToString(), QCString::isEmpty(), projectLogoFile(), projectLogoSize(), showDate(), stripPath(), substituteKeywords(), theTranslator, Time, and yearToString().

◆ substituteTemplateArgumentsInString()

QCString substituteTemplateArgumentsInString	(	const QCString &	nm,
		const ArgumentList &	formalArgs,
		const ArgumentList *	actualArgs )

Substitutes any occurrence of a formal argument from argument list formalArgs in name by the corresponding actual argument in argument list actualArgs. The result after substitution is returned as a string. The argument name is used to prevent recursive substitution.

Definition at line 4851 of file util.cpp.

{
  AUTO_TRACE("name={} formalArgs={} actualArgs={}",nm,argListToString(formalArgs),actualArgs ? argListToString(*actualArgs) : QCString());
  if (formalArgs.empty()) return nm;
  QCString result;
 
  static const reg::Ex re(R"(\a\w*)");
  std::string name = nm.str();
  reg::Iterator it(name,re);
  reg::Iterator end;
  size_t p=0;
 
  for (; it!=end ; ++it)
  {
    const auto &match = *it;
    size_t i = match.position();
    size_t l = match.length();
    if (i>p) result += name.substr(p,i-p);
    QCString n(match.str());
    ArgumentList::const_iterator actIt;
    if (actualArgs)
    {
      actIt = actualArgs->begin();
    }
    //printf(": name=%s\n",qPrint(name));
 
    // if n is a template argument, then we substitute it
    // for its template instance argument.
    bool found=FALSE;
    for (auto formIt = formalArgs.begin();
        formIt!=formalArgs.end() && !found;
        ++formIt
        )
    {
      Argument formArg = *formIt;
      Argument actArg;
      if (actualArgs && actIt!=actualArgs->end())
      {
        actArg = *actIt;
      }
      if (formArg.type.startsWith("class ") && formArg.name.isEmpty())
      {
        formArg.name = formArg.type.mid(6);
        formArg.type = "class";
      }
      else if (formArg.type.startsWith("typename ") && formArg.name.isEmpty())
      {
        formArg.name = formArg.type.mid(9);
        formArg.type = "typename";
      }
      else if (formArg.type.startsWith("class...")) // match 'class... name' to 'name...'
      {
        formArg.name += "...";
        formArg.type = formArg.type.left(5)+formArg.type.mid(8);
      }
      else if (formArg.type.startsWith("typename...")) // match 'typename... name' to 'name...'
      {
        formArg.name += "...";
        formArg.type = formArg.type.left(8)+formArg.type.mid(11);
      }
      //printf(": n=%s formArg->type='%s' formArg->name='%s' formArg->defval='%s' actArg->type='%s' actArg->name='%s' \n",
      //  qPrint(n),qPrint(formArg.type),qPrint(formArg.name),qPrint(formArg.defval),qPrint(actArg.type),qPrint(actArg.name));
      if (formArg.type=="class" || formArg.type=="typename" || formArg.type.startsWith("template"))
      {
        if (formArg.name==n && actualArgs && actIt!=actualArgs->end() && !actArg.type.isEmpty()) // base class is a template argument
        {
          static constexpr auto hasRecursion = [](const QCString &prefix,const QCString &nameArg,const QCString &subst) -> bool
          {
            int ii=0;
            int pp=0;
 
            ii = subst.find('<');
            //printf("prefix='%s' subst='%s'\n",qPrint(prefix.mid(prefix.length()-ii-2,ii+1)),qPrint(subst.left(ii+1)));
            if (ii!=-1 && static_cast<int>(prefix.length())>=ii+2 && prefix.mid(prefix.length()-ii-2,ii+1)==subst.left(ii+1))
            {
              return true; // don't replace 'A< ' with 'A< A<...', see issue #10951
            }
 
            while ((ii=subst.find(nameArg,pp))!=-1)
            {
              bool beforeNonWord = ii==0 || !isId(subst.at(ii-1));
              bool afterNonWord  = subst.length()==ii+nameArg.length() || !isId(subst.at(ii+nameArg.length()));
              if (beforeNonWord && afterNonWord)
              {
                return true; // if nameArg=='A' then subst=='A::Z' or 'S<A>' or 'Z::A' should return true, but 'AA::ZZ' or 'BAH' should not match
              }
              pp=ii+static_cast<int>(nameArg.length());
            }
            return false;
          };
          // replace formal argument with the actual argument of the instance
          AUTO_TRACE_ADD("result={} n={} type={} hasRecursion={}",result,n,actArg.type,hasRecursion(result,n,actArg.type));
          if (!hasRecursion(result,n,actArg.type))
            // the scope guard is to prevent recursive lockup for
            // template<class A> class C : public<A::T>,
            // where A::T would become A::T::T here,
            // since n==A and actArg->type==A::T
            // see bug595833 for an example
            //
            // Also prevent recursive substitution if n is part of actArg.type, i.e.
            // n='A' in argType='S< A >' would produce 'S< S< A > >'
          {
            if (actArg.name.isEmpty())
            {
              result += actArg.type;
            }
            else
              // for case where the actual arg is something like "unsigned int"
              // the "int" part is in actArg->name.
            {
              result += actArg.type+" "+actArg.name;
            }
            found=TRUE;
          }
        }
        else if (formArg.name==n &&
                 (actualArgs==nullptr || actIt==actualArgs->end()) &&
                 !formArg.defval.isEmpty() &&
                 formArg.defval!=nm /* to prevent recursion */
            )
        {
          result += substituteTemplateArgumentsInString(formArg.defval,formalArgs,actualArgs);
          found=TRUE;
        }
      }
      else if (formArg.name==n &&
               (actualArgs==nullptr || actIt==actualArgs->end()) &&
               !formArg.defval.isEmpty() &&
               formArg.defval!=nm /* to prevent recursion */
              )
      {
        result += substituteTemplateArgumentsInString(formArg.defval,formalArgs,actualArgs);
        found=TRUE;
      }
      if (actualArgs && actIt!=actualArgs->end())
      {
        actIt++;
      }
    }
    if (!found)
    {
      result += n;
    }
    p=i+l;
  }
  result+=name.substr(p);
  result=result.simplifyWhiteSpace();
  AUTO_TRACE_EXIT("result={}",result);
  return result.stripWhiteSpace();
}

References argListToString(), AUTO_TRACE, AUTO_TRACE_ADD, AUTO_TRACE_EXIT, ArgumentList::begin(), Argument::defval, ArgumentList::empty(), ArgumentList::end(), end(), FALSE, found, QCString::isEmpty(), isId(), QCString::left(), QCString::mid(), Argument::name, prefix, QCString::simplifyWhiteSpace(), QCString::startsWith(), QCString::str(), QCString::stripWhiteSpace(), substituteTemplateArgumentsInString(), TRUE, and Argument::type.

Referenced by computeTemplateClassRelations(), MemberDefImpl::createTemplateInstanceMember(), findBaseClassesForClass(), findUsedClassesForClass(), SymbolResolver::Private::getResolvedSymbol(), SymbolResolver::Private::newResolveTypedef(), and substituteTemplateArgumentsInString().

◆ tempArgListToString()

QCString tempArgListToString	(	const ArgumentList &	al,
		SrcLangExt	lang,
		bool	includeDefault )

Definition at line 1246 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString result;
  if (al.empty()) return result;
  result="<";
  bool first=true;
  for (const auto &a : al)
  {
    if (a.defval.isEmpty() || includeDefault)
    {
      if (!first) result+=", ";
      if (!a.name.isEmpty()) // add template argument name
      {
        if (lang==SrcLangExt::Java || lang==SrcLangExt::CSharp)
        {
          result+=a.type+" ";
        }
        result+=a.name;
      }
      else // extract name from type
      {
        int i = static_cast<int>(a.type.length())-1;
        while (i>=0 && isId(a.type.at(i))) i--;
        if (i>0)
        {
          result+=a.type.right(a.type.length()-i-1);
          if (a.type.find("...")!=-1)
          {
            result+="...";
          }
        }
        else // nothing found -> take whole name
        {
          result+=a.type;
        }
      }
      if (!a.typeConstraint.isEmpty() && lang==SrcLangExt::Java)
      {
        result+=" extends "; // TODO: now Java specific, C# has where...
        result+=a.typeConstraint;
      }
      first=false;
    }
  }
  result+=">";
  return removeRedundantWhiteSpace(result);
}

References CSharp, ArgumentList::empty(), isId(), Java, removeRedundantWhiteSpace(), and QCString::right().

Referenced by addMemberFunction(), ClassDefImpl::className(), findTemplateInstanceRelation(), makeQualifiedNameWithTemplateParameters(), searchTemplateSpecs(), and writeDefArgumentList().

◆ transcodeCharacterBuffer()

static void transcodeCharacterBuffer	(	const QCString &	fileName,
		std::string &	contents,
		const QCString &	inputEncoding,
		const QCString &	outputEncoding )

static

Definition at line 5961 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (inputEncoding.isEmpty() || outputEncoding.isEmpty()) return; // no encoding specified
  if (qstricmp(inputEncoding,outputEncoding)==0) return;           // input encoding same as output encoding
  void *cd = portable_iconv_open(outputEncoding.data(),inputEncoding.data());
  if (cd==reinterpret_cast<void *>(-1))
  {
    term("unsupported character conversion: '{}'->'{}': {}\n"
        "Check the INPUT_ENCODING setting in the config file!\n",
        inputEncoding,outputEncoding,strerror(errno));
  }
  size_t      iLeft      = contents.size();
  const char *srcPtr     = contents.data();
  size_t      tmpBufSize = contents.size()*4+1;
  size_t      oLeft      = tmpBufSize;
  std::string tmpBuf;
  tmpBuf.resize(tmpBufSize);
  char *dstPtr           = tmpBuf.data();
  size_t newSize=0;
  if (!portable_iconv(cd, &srcPtr, &iLeft, &dstPtr, &oLeft))
  {
    newSize = tmpBufSize-oLeft;
    tmpBuf.resize(newSize);
    std::swap(contents,tmpBuf);
    //printf("iconv: input size=%d output size=%d\n[%s]\n",size,newSize,qPrint(srcBuf));
  }
  else
  {
    term("{}: failed to translate characters from {} to {}: check INPUT_ENCODING\n",
        fileName,inputEncoding,outputEncoding);
  }
  portable_iconv_close(cd);
}

References QCString::data(), QCString::isEmpty(), portable_iconv(), portable_iconv_close(), portable_iconv_open(), qstricmp(), and term.

Referenced by readInputFile().

◆ transcodeCharacterStringToUTF8()

bool transcodeCharacterStringToUTF8	(	std::string &	input,
		const char *	inputEncoding )

Definition at line 1403 of file util.cpp.

{
  const char *outputEncoding = "UTF-8";
  if (inputEncoding==nullptr || qstricmp(inputEncoding,outputEncoding)==0) return true;
  size_t inputSize=input.length();
  size_t outputSize=inputSize*4;
  QCString output(outputSize, QCString::ExplicitSize);
  void *cd = portable_iconv_open(outputEncoding,inputEncoding);
  if (cd==reinterpret_cast<void *>(-1))
  {
    return false;
  }
  bool ok=true;
  size_t iLeft=inputSize;
  size_t oLeft=outputSize;
  const char *inputPtr = input.data();
  char *outputPtr = output.rawData();
  if (!portable_iconv(cd, &inputPtr, &iLeft, &outputPtr, &oLeft))
  {
    outputSize-=static_cast<int>(oLeft);
    output.resize(outputSize);
    output.at(outputSize)='\0';
    // replace input
    input=output.str();
    //printf("iconv: input size=%d output size=%d\n[%s]\n",size,newSize,qPrint(srcBuf));
  }
  else
  {
    ok=false;
  }
  portable_iconv_close(cd);
  return ok;
}

References QCString::at(), QCString::ExplicitSize, portable_iconv(), portable_iconv_close(), portable_iconv_open(), qstricmp(), QCString::rawData(), QCString::resize(), and QCString::str().

Referenced by LayoutDocManager::parse(), and readCodeFragment().

◆ trimBaseClassScope()

void trimBaseClassScope	(	const BaseClassList &	bcl,
		QCString &	s,
		int	level = 0 )

Definition at line 1478 of file util.cpp.

{
  //printf("trimBaseClassScope level=%d '%s'\n",level,qPrint(s));
  for (const auto &bcd : bcl)
  {
    ClassDef *cd=bcd.classDef;
    //printf("Trying class %s\n",qPrint(cd->name()));
    int spos=s.find(cd->name()+"::");
    if (spos!=-1)
    {
      s = s.left(spos)+s.right(
          s.length()-spos-cd->name().length()-2
          );
    }
    //printf("base class '%s'\n",qPrint(cd->name()));
    if (!cd->baseClasses().empty())
    {
      trimBaseClassScope(cd->baseClasses(),s,level+1);
    }
  }
}

References ClassDef::baseClasses(), QCString::find(), QCString::left(), QCString::length(), Definition::name(), QCString::right(), and trimBaseClassScope().

Referenced by trimBaseClassScope().

◆ unescapeCharsInString()

QCString unescapeCharsInString ( const QCString & s )

Definition at line 3917 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s.isEmpty()) return s;
  bool caseSenseNames = getCaseSenseNames();
  QCString result;
  const char *p = s.data();
  if (p)
  {
    char c = 0;
    while ((c=*p++))
    {
      if (c=='_') // 2 or 3 character escape
      {
        switch (*p)
        {
          case '_': result+=c;   p++; break; // __ -> '_'
          case '1': result+=':'; p++; break; // _1 -> ':'
          case '2': result+='/'; p++; break; // _2 -> '/'
          case '3': result+='<'; p++; break; // _3 -> '<'
          case '4': result+='>'; p++; break; // _4 -> '>'
          case '5': result+='*'; p++; break; // _5 -> '*'
          case '6': result+='&'; p++; break; // _6 -> '&'
          case '7': result+='|'; p++; break; // _7 -> '|'
          case '8': result+='.'; p++; break; // _8 -> '.'
          case '9': result+='!'; p++; break; // _9 -> '!'
          case '0': // 3 character escape
             switch (*(p+1))
             {
               case '0': result+=','; p+=2; break; // _00 -> ','
               case '1': result+=' '; p+=2; break; // _01 -> ' '
               case '2': result+='{'; p+=2; break; // _02 -> '{'
               case '3': result+='}'; p+=2; break; // _03 -> '}'
               case '4': result+='?'; p+=2; break; // _04 -> '?'
               case '5': result+='^'; p+=2; break; // _05 -> '^'
               case '6': result+='%'; p+=2; break; // _06 -> '%'
               case '7': result+='('; p+=2; break; // _07 -> '('
               case '8': result+=')'; p+=2; break; // _08 -> ')'
               case '9': result+='+'; p+=2; break; // _09 -> '+'
               case 'a': result+='='; p+=2; break; // _0a -> '='
               case 'b': result+='$'; p+=2; break; // _0b -> '$'
               case 'c': result+='\\'; p+=2; break;// _0c -> '\'
               case 'd': result+='@'; p+=2; break; // _0d -> '@'
               case 'e': result+=']'; p+=2; break; // _0e -> ']'
               case 'f': result+='['; p+=2; break; // _0f -> '['
               case 'g': result+='#'; p+=2; break; // _0g -> '#'
               case 'h': result+='"'; p+=2; break; // _0h -> '"'
               case 'i': result+='~'; p+=2; break; // _0i -> '~'
               case 'j': result+='\''; p+=2; break;// _0j -> '\'
               case 'k': result+=';'; p+=2; break; // _0k -> ';'
               case 'l': result+='`'; p+=2; break; // _0l -> '`'
               default: // unknown escape, just pass underscore character as-is
                 result+=c;
                 break;
             }
             break;
          default:
            if (!caseSenseNames && c>='a' && c<='z') // lower to upper case escape, _a -> 'A'
            {
              result+=static_cast<char>(toupper(*p));
              p++;
            }
            else // unknown escape, pass underscore character as-is
            {
              result+=c;
            }
            break;
        }
      }
      else // normal character; pass as is
      {
        result+=c;
      }
    }
  }
  return result;
}

References QCString::data(), getCaseSenseNames(), and QCString::isEmpty().

◆ updateColumnCount()

size_t updateColumnCount	(	const char *	s,
		size_t	col )

Definition at line 7367 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (s)
  {
    const int tabSize = Config_getInt(TAB_SIZE);
    char c;
    while ((c=*s++))
    {
      switch(c)
      {
        case '\t': col+=tabSize - (col%tabSize);
                   break;
        case '\n': col=0;
                   break;
        default:
                   col++;
                   if (c<0) // multi-byte character
                   {
                     int numBytes = getUTF8CharNumBytes(c);
                     for (int i=0;i<numBytes-1 && (c=*s++);i++) {} // skip over extra chars
                     if (c==0) return col; // end of string half way a multibyte char
                   }
                   break;
      }
    }
  }
  return col;
}

References Config_getInt, and getUTF8CharNumBytes().

Referenced by HtmlCodeGenerator::codify(), LatexCodeGenerator::codify(), ManCodeGenerator::codify(), RTFCodeGenerator::codify(), writeDocbookCodeString(), and writeXMLCodeString().

◆ updateLanguageMapping()

bool updateLanguageMapping	(	const QCString &	extension,
		const QCString &	language )

Definition at line 5600 of file util.cpp.

{
  QCString langName = language.lower();
  auto it1 = std::find_if(g_lang2extMap.begin(),g_lang2extMap.end(),
                        [&langName](const auto &info) { return info.langName==langName; });
  if (it1 == g_lang2extMap.end()) return false;
 
  // found the language
  SrcLangExt parserId = it1->parserId;
  QCString extName = extension.lower();
  if (extName.isEmpty()) return FALSE;
  if (extName.at(0)!='.') extName.prepend(".");
  auto it2 = g_extLookup.find(extName.str());
  if (it2!=g_extLookup.end())
  {
    g_extLookup.erase(it2); // language was already register for this ext
  }
  //printf("registering extension %s\n",qPrint(extName));
  g_extLookup.emplace(extName.str(),parserId);
  if (!Doxygen::parserManager->registerExtension(extName,it1->parserName))
  {
    err("Failed to assign extension {} to parser {} for language {}\n",
        extName.data(),it1->parserName,language);
  }
  else
  {
    //msg("Registered extension {} to language parser {}...\n",
    //    extName,language);
  }
  return TRUE;
}

References QCString::at(), QCString::data(), err, FALSE, g_extLookup, g_lang2extMap, QCString::isEmpty(), QCString::lower(), Doxygen::parserManager, QCString::prepend(), QCString::str(), and TRUE.

Referenced by addCodeOnlyMappings(), adjustConfiguration(), and initDefaultExtensionMapping().

◆ writeColoredImgData()

void writeColoredImgData	(	const QCString &	dir,
		ColoredImgDataItem	data[] )

Writes the intensity only bitmap represented by data as an image to directory dir using the colors defined by HTML_COLORSTYLE_*.

Definition at line 6251 of file util.cpp.

{
  int hue   = Config_getInt(HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE);
  int sat   = Config_getInt(HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT);
  int gamma = Config_getInt(HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA);
  while (data->name)
  {
    QCString fileName = dir+"/"+data->name;
    ColoredImage img(data->width,data->height,data->content,data->alpha,
                     sat,hue,gamma);
    if (!img.save(fileName))
    {
      fprintf(stderr,"Warning: Cannot open file %s for writing\n",data->name);
    }
    Doxygen::indexList->addImageFile(data->name);
    data++;
  }
}

References ColoredImgDataItem::alpha, Config_getInt, ColoredImgDataItem::content, ColoredImgDataItem::height, Doxygen::indexList, ColoredImgDataItem::name, ColoredImage::save(), and ColoredImgDataItem::width.

Referenced by ResourceMgr::copyResourceAs().

◆ writeExamples()

void writeExamples	(	OutputList &	ol,
		const ExampleList &	list )

Definition at line 1127 of file util.cpp.

{
  auto replaceFunc = [&list,&ol](size_t entryIndex)
  {
    const auto &e = list[entryIndex];
    ol.pushGeneratorState();
    ol.disable(OutputType::Latex);
    ol.disable(OutputType::RTF);
    ol.disable(OutputType::Docbook);
    // link for Html / man
    //printf("writeObjectLink(file=%s)\n",qPrint(e->file));
    ol.writeObjectLink(QCString(),e.file,e.anchor,e.name);
    ol.popGeneratorState();
 
    ol.pushGeneratorState();
    ol.disable(OutputType::Man);
    ol.disable(OutputType::Html);
    // link for Latex / pdf with anchor because the sources
    // are not hyperlinked (not possible with a verbatim environment).
    ol.writeObjectLink(QCString(),e.file,QCString(),e.name);
    ol.popGeneratorState();
  };
 
  writeMarkerList(ol, theTranslator->trWriteList(static_cast<int>(list.size())).str(), list.size(), replaceFunc);
 
  ol.writeString(".");
}

References OutputList::disable(), Docbook, Html, Latex, Man, OutputList::popGeneratorState(), OutputList::pushGeneratorState(), RTF, theTranslator, writeMarkerList(), OutputList::writeObjectLink(), and OutputList::writeString().

Referenced by MemberDefImpl::_writeExamples(), and ClassDefImpl::writeDetailedDocumentationBody().

◆ writeMarkerList()

void writeMarkerList	(	OutputList &	ol,
		const std::string &	markerText,
		size_t	numMarkers,
		std::function< void(size_t)>	replaceFunc )

Definition at line 1103 of file util.cpp.

{
  static const reg::Ex marker(R"(@(\d+))");
  reg::Iterator it(markerText,marker);
  reg::Iterator end;
  size_t index=0;
  // now replace all markers in inheritLine with links to the classes
  for ( ; it!=end ; ++it)
  {
    const auto &match = *it;
    size_t newIndex = match.position();
    size_t matchLen = match.length();
    ol.parseText(markerText.substr(index,newIndex-index));
    unsigned long entryIndex = std::stoul(match[1].str());
    if (entryIndex<static_cast<unsigned long>(numMarkers))
    {
      replaceFunc(entryIndex);
    }
    index=newIndex+matchLen;
  }
  ol.parseText(markerText.substr(index));
}

References end(), and OutputList::parseText().

Referenced by MemberDefImpl::_writeReimplementedBy(), DefinitionImpl::_writeSourceRefList(), writeExamples(), and ClassDefImpl::writeInheritanceGraph().

◆ writePageRef()

void writePageRef	(	OutputList &	ol,
		const QCString &	cn,
		const QCString &	mn )

Definition at line 270 of file util.cpp.

{
  ol.pushGeneratorState();
 
  ol.disable(OutputType::Html);
  ol.disable(OutputType::Man);
  ol.disable(OutputType::Docbook);
  if (Config_getBool(PDF_HYPERLINKS)) ol.disable(OutputType::Latex);
  if (Config_getBool(RTF_HYPERLINKS)) ol.disable(OutputType::RTF);
  ol.startPageRef();
  ol.docify(theTranslator->trPageAbbreviation());
  ol.endPageRef(cn,mn);
 
  ol.popGeneratorState();
}

References Config_getBool, OutputList::disable(), Docbook, OutputList::docify(), OutputList::endPageRef(), Html, Latex, Man, OutputList::popGeneratorState(), OutputList::pushGeneratorState(), RTF, OutputList::startPageRef(), and theTranslator.

Referenced by MemberDefImpl::_writeReimplementedBy(), and MemberDefImpl::_writeReimplements().

◆ writeString() [1/2]

out writeString	(	lastPart	,
		keepSpaces	)

References lastPart.

◆ writeString() [2/2]

out writeString	(	part	,
		keepSpaces	)

◆ writeTypeConstraints()

void writeTypeConstraints	(	OutputList &	ol,
		const Definition *	d,
		const ArgumentList &	al )

Definition at line 5911 of file util.cpp.

{
  if (al.empty()) return;
  ol.startConstraintList(theTranslator->trTypeConstraints());
  for (const Argument &a : al)
  {
    ol.startConstraintParam();
    ol.parseText(a.name);
    ol.endConstraintParam();
    ol.startConstraintType();
    linkifyText(TextGeneratorOLImpl(ol),d,nullptr,nullptr,a.type);
    ol.endConstraintType();
    ol.startConstraintDocs();
    ol.generateDoc(d->docFile(),d->docLine(),d,nullptr,a.docs,TRUE,FALSE,
                   QCString(),FALSE,FALSE,Config_getBool(MARKDOWN_SUPPORT));
    ol.endConstraintDocs();
  }
  ol.endConstraintList();
}

References Config_getBool, Definition::docFile(), Definition::docLine(), ArgumentList::empty(), OutputList::endConstraintDocs(), OutputList::endConstraintList(), OutputList::endConstraintParam(), OutputList::endConstraintType(), FALSE, OutputList::generateDoc(), linkifyText(), OutputList::parseText(), OutputList::startConstraintDocs(), OutputList::startConstraintList(), OutputList::startConstraintParam(), OutputList::startConstraintType(), theTranslator, and TRUE.

Referenced by MemberDefImpl::_writeTypeConstraints(), and ClassDefImpl::writeDetailedDocumentationBody().

Variable Documentation

◆ constScope

const char constScope[] = { 'c', 'o', 'n', 's', 't', ':' }

static

Definition at line 531 of file util.cpp.

531{ 'c', 'o', 'n', 's', 't', ':' };

Referenced by removeRedundantWhiteSpace().

◆ else

else

Initial value:

{
      
      std::string_view part = txtStr.substr(skipIndex,newIndex-skipIndex)

Definition at line 973 of file util.cpp.

◆ found

bool found =FALSE

Definition at line 984 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by SearchIndex::addWordRec(), buildFunctionList(), buildTypedefList(), DocParser::checkArgumentName(), FlowChart::colTextNodes(), ClassDefImpl::containsOverload(), NamespaceLinkedRefMap::declVisible(), LatexGenerator::endIndexSection(), extractBlock(), extractCopyDocId(), extractNoExcept(), findAndRemoveWord(), findClassRelation(), findEnumDocumentation(), findFilePath(), findGlobalMember(), findMember(), findUsedClassesForClass(), HtmlDocVisitor::forceEndParagraph(), generateJSTree(), genericPatternMatch(), getDefsOld(), getFileFilter(), getFilterFromList(), getScopeFragment(), DocPara::handleCommand(), DocParser::handleImg(), hasNonReferenceNestedGroupRec(), hasNonReferenceNestedNamespaceRec(), hasNonReferenceSuperClassRec(), if(), insertPath(), ClassDefImpl::isSubClass(), VhdlDocGen::isSubClass(), lineBlock(), reg::Ex::match(), reg::Ex::Private::matchAt(), ClassDefImpl::mergeMembersFromBaseClasses(), mergeScopes(), newEntry(), normalizeNonTemplateArgumentsInString(), DocIncOperator::parse(), DocParser::processCopyDoc(), processData(), readCodeFragment(), readSVGSize(), removeIdsAndMarkers(), replaceAliases(), replaceFunctionMacro(), selectBlocks(), DefinitionImpl::setOuterScope(), skipOverFileAndLineCommands(), substituteKeywords(), substituteTemplateArgumentsInString(), substituteTemplatesInString(), LayoutNavEntry::url(), ClassLinkedRefMap::writeDeclaration(), ConceptLinkedRefMap::writeDeclaration(), ModuleLinkedRefMap::writeDeclaration(), ClassDef::writeDeclarationLink(), ClassDefAliasImpl::writeDeclarationLink(), ClassDefImpl::writeDeclarationLink(), ConceptDef::writeDeclarationLink(), ConceptDefAliasImpl::writeDeclarationLink(), ConceptDefImpl::writeDeclarationLink(), ModuleDefImpl::writeDeclarationLink(), ClassLinkedRefMap::writeDocumentation(), MemberDefImpl::writeDocumentation(), writeJavasScriptSearchDataPage(), PageDefImpl::writeTagFile(), and writeWord().

◆ g_charAroundSpace

CharAroundSpace g_charAroundSpace

static

Definition at line 575 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by removeRedundantWhiteSpace().

◆ g_extLookup

std::unordered_map<std::string,SrcLangExt> g_extLookup

static

Definition at line 5566 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by getLanguageFromFileName(), and updateLanguageMapping().

◆ g_findFileDefCache

Cache< std::string, FindFileCacheElem > g_findFileDefCache(5000) ( 5000 )

static

Referenced by findFileDef().

◆ g_findFileDefMutex

std::mutex g_findFileDefMutex

static

Definition at line 3406 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by findFileDef().

◆ g_lang2extMap

std::vector<Lang2ExtMap> g_lang2extMap

static

Initial value:

=
{
 
  { "idl",         "c",             SrcLangExt::IDL,      ".idl" },
  { "java",        "c",             SrcLangExt::Java,     ".java"},
  { "javascript",  "c",             SrcLangExt::JS,       ".js"  },
  { "csharp",      "c",             SrcLangExt::CSharp,   ".cs"  },
  { "d",           "c",             SrcLangExt::D,        ".d"   },
  { "php",         "c",             SrcLangExt::PHP,      ".php" },
  { "objective-c", "c",             SrcLangExt::ObjC,     ".m"   },
  { "c",           "c",             SrcLangExt::Cpp,      ".c"   },
  { "c++",         "c",             SrcLangExt::Cpp,      ".cpp" },
  { "slice",       "c",             SrcLangExt::Slice,    ".ice" },
  { "python",      "python",        SrcLangExt::Python,   ".py"  },
  { "fortran",     "fortran",       SrcLangExt::Fortran,  ".f"   },
  { "fortranfree", "fortranfree",   SrcLangExt::Fortran,  ".f90" },
  { "fortranfixed", "fortranfixed", SrcLangExt::Fortran,  ".f"   },
  { "vhdl",        "vhdl",          SrcLangExt::VHDL,     ".vhdl"},
  { "xml",         "xml",           SrcLangExt::XML,      ".xml" },
  { "sql",         "sql",           SrcLangExt::SQL,      ".sql" },
  { "md",          "md",            SrcLangExt::Markdown, ".md"  },
  { "lex",         "lex",           SrcLangExt::Lex,      ".l"   },
}

Definition at line 5576 of file util.cpp.

{
//  language       parser           parser option
  { "idl",         "c",             SrcLangExt::IDL,      ".idl" },
  { "java",        "c",             SrcLangExt::Java,     ".java"},
  { "javascript",  "c",             SrcLangExt::JS,       ".js"  },
  { "csharp",      "c",             SrcLangExt::CSharp,   ".cs"  },
  { "d",           "c",             SrcLangExt::D,        ".d"   },
  { "php",         "c",             SrcLangExt::PHP,      ".php" },
  { "objective-c", "c",             SrcLangExt::ObjC,     ".m"   },
  { "c",           "c",             SrcLangExt::Cpp,      ".c"   },
  { "c++",         "c",             SrcLangExt::Cpp,      ".cpp" },
  { "slice",       "c",             SrcLangExt::Slice,    ".ice" },
  { "python",      "python",        SrcLangExt::Python,   ".py"  },
  { "fortran",     "fortran",       SrcLangExt::Fortran,  ".f"   },
  { "fortranfree", "fortranfree",   SrcLangExt::Fortran,  ".f90" },
  { "fortranfixed", "fortranfixed", SrcLangExt::Fortran,  ".f"   },
  { "vhdl",        "vhdl",          SrcLangExt::VHDL,     ".vhdl"},
  { "xml",         "xml",           SrcLangExt::XML,      ".xml" },
  { "sql",         "sql",           SrcLangExt::SQL,      ".sql" },
  { "md",          "md",            SrcLangExt::Markdown, ".md"  },
  { "lex",         "lex",           SrcLangExt::Lex,      ".l"   },
};

Referenced by getLanguageFromCodeLang(), and updateLanguageMapping().

◆ g_matchArgsMutex

std::mutex g_matchArgsMutex

static

Definition at line 1850 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by matchArgument2().

◆ g_usedNames

std::unordered_map<std::string,int> g_usedNames

static

Definition at line 3994 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by convertNameToFile().

◆ g_usedNamesCount

int g_usedNamesCount =1

static

Definition at line 3996 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by convertNameToFile().

◆ g_usedNamesMutex

std::mutex g_usedNamesMutex

static

Definition at line 3995 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by convertNameToFile().

◆ hex

const char* hex = "0123456789ABCDEF"

static

Definition at line 97 of file util.cpp.

◆ lastPart

std::string_view lastPart = txtStr.substr(skipIndex)

Definition at line 1099 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by writeString().

◆ matchWord

QCString matchWord = substitute(substitute(QCString(word),"\\","::"),".","::")

Definition at line 981 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by if().

◆ maxInheritanceDepth

const int maxInheritanceDepth = 100000

Definition at line 156 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by getDefsOld(), ClassDefImpl::getMemberByName(), and minClassDistance().

◆ operatorScope

const char operatorScope[] = { 'o', 'p', 'e', 'r', 'a', 't', 'o', 'r', '?', '?', '?' }

static

Definition at line 534 of file util.cpp.

534{ 'o', 'p', 'e', 'r', 'a', 't', 'o', 'r', '?', '?', '?' };

Referenced by removeRedundantWhiteSpace().

◆ skipIndex

skipIndex =index=newIndex+matchLen

Definition at line 1095 of file util.cpp.

Referenced by if(), and linkifyText().

◆ virtualScope

const char virtualScope[] = { 'v', 'i', 'r', 't', 'u', 'a', 'l', ':' }

static

Definition at line 533 of file util.cpp.

533{ 'v', 'i', 'r', 't', 'u', 'a', 'l', ':' };

Referenced by removeRedundantWhiteSpace().

◆ volatileScope

const char volatileScope[] = { 'v', 'o', 'l', 'a', 't', 'i', 'l', 'e', ':' }

static

Definition at line 532 of file util.cpp.

532{ 'v', 'o', 'l', 'a', 't', 'i', 'l', 'e', ':' };

Referenced by removeRedundantWhiteSpace().

◆ word

std::string_view word =txtStr.substr(newIndex,matchLen)

Classes

Macros

Functions

Variables

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ ENABLE_TRACINGSUPPORT

◆ HEXTONUM

◆ MATCH

◆ NOMATCH

◆ REL_PATH_TO_ROOT

Function Documentation

◆ addCodeOnlyMappings()

◆ addGroupListToTitle()

◆ addHtmlExtensionIfMissing()

◆ addMembersToMemberGroup()

◆ addRefItem()

◆ addRelatedPage()

◆ argListToString()

◆ checkBlocks()

◆ checkExtension()

◆ checkIfTypedef()

◆ clearSubDirs()

◆ computeQualifiedIndex()

◆ containsWord()

◆ convertCharEntitiesToUTF8()

◆ convertFileNameFortranParserCode()

◆ convertNameToFile()

◆ convertProtectionLevel()

◆ convertToHtml()

◆ convertToId()

◆ convertToJSString()

◆ convertToXML()

◆ copyFile()

◆ correctId()

◆ correctURL()

◆ createHtmlUrl()

◆ createSubDirs()

◆ demangleCSharpGenericName()

◆ detab()

◆ determineAbsoluteIncludeName()

◆ escapeCharsInString()

◆ externalLinkTarget()

◆ externalRef()

◆ extractCanonicalArgType()

◆ extractCanonicalType()

◆ extractClassNameFromType()

◆ extractDirection()

◆ extractNamespaceName()

◆ fileToString()

◆ fileVisibleInIndex()

◆ filterCRLF()

◆ filterTitle()

◆ findAndRemoveWord()

◆ findFileDef()

◆ findFilePath()

◆ findIndex() [1/2]

◆ findIndex() [2/2]

◆ findMembersWithSpecificName()

◆ findModuleDef()

◆ findParameterList()

◆ generateAnonymousAnchor()

◆ generateFileRef()

◆ generateMarker()

◆ genericPatternMatch()

◆ getCanonicalTemplateSpec()

◆ getCanonicalTypeForIdentifier()

◆ getCaseSenseNames()

◆ getDefs()

◆ getDefsNew()

◆ getDefsOld()

◆ getDotImageExtension()

◆ getEncoding()

◆ getFileFilter()

◆ getFileNameExtension()

◆ getFilterFromList()

◆ getLanguageFromCodeLang()

◆ getLanguageFromFileName()

◆ getLanguageSpecificSeparator()

◆ getMemberFromSymbol()

◆ getOverloadDocs()